<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Anand</id>
	<title>Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Anand"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php/Special:Contributions/Anand"/>
	<updated>2026-06-10T17:44:57Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=User:Yogi&amp;diff=8632</id>
		<title>User:Yogi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=User:Yogi&amp;diff=8632"/>
		<updated>2018-03-14T09:47:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Read more/less==&lt;br /&gt;
After teacher professional development, the area in which ICT can make a significant difference is in the creation, revision and sharing of digital curricular content. The marginal costs of sharing digital content is negligible. A large number of digital tools are available to create digital resources, in text, image, animation, audio and video formats. Moving beyond the ‘text book’ to include additional formats of resources can create a rich learning environment, in which teachers have a wealth of materials to chose from, based on their needs and priorities. Teachers also need a common space where they can access resources for their classroom teaching, and also for TPD. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Collapsed|The size of the public education system in most states could help to create a sufficient volume of interaction in the professional learning communities. The networking of teachers using digital technologies can make the large size of the system as a strength, as the large number of teachers participating in the network could be a benefit in terms of the volume of resources created and shared by them. Even if only a very small percentage of teachers from the public education system participate, in absolute numbers, it is likely to be large enough to provide a base for OER creation. It is necessary to license all these digital resources as ‘open educational resources’ (OER), since that would enable the resources to be freely re-used, revised and re-distributed. This also needs to be formalized through state curricular policy, by which all materials developed using public funding would be released as OER1.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://teacher-network.in/?q=h5p/embed/89&lt;br /&gt;
|width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|height=800&lt;br /&gt;
|border=0&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://h5p.org/h5p/embed/201353&lt;br /&gt;
|width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|height=800&lt;br /&gt;
|border=0&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;iframe src=&amp;quot;https://h5p.org/h5p/embed/201353&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1090&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;645&amp;quot; frameborder=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; allowfullscreen=&amp;quot;allowfullscreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/iframe&amp;gt;&amp;lt;script src=&amp;quot;https://h5p.org/sites/all/modules/h5p/library/js/h5p-resizer.js&amp;quot; charset=&amp;quot;UTF-8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/script&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:160 height:550&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:50 height:530 left:50 bottom:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DateFormat = yyyy&lt;br /&gt;
Period     = from:1919 till:1991&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis   = orientation:vertical&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor = unit:year increment:5 start:1920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# there is no automatic collision detection,&lt;br /&gt;
# so shift texts up or down manually to avoid overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $dx = 25 # shift text to right side of bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:Leaders color:red width:25 mark:(line,white) align:left fontsize:S&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start till:1922 shift:($dx,15)   text:Vladimir~Ilyich~[[Lenin]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1922  till:1953 shift:($dx,5)    text:[[Stalin|Josef Stalin]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1953  till:1964 shift:($dx,5)    text:Nikita~[[Khrushchev]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1964  till:1982 shift:($dx,5)    text:Leonid~[[Brezhnev]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1982  till:1984 shift:($dx,-12)  text:Yuri~[[Andropov]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1984  till:1985 shift:($dx,4)    text:Konstantin~[[Chernenko]] fontsize:XS&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1985  till:end  shift:($dx,10)   text:Mikhail~[[Gorbachev]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:800 height:100&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:720 height:75 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars  = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
  id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
  id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
  id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
  id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
  id:eon    value:rgb(1,0.7,1)   # light purple&lt;br /&gt;
  id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period      = from:-4500 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis    = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor  = unit:year increment:500 start:-4500&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor  = unit:year increment:100 start:-4500&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markred = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:red shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:eon color:eon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  at:   -545   align:left   $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till:    0   text:[[Phanerozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-4500   till:    0   text:[[Precambrian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:    0   text:C~z shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till:  -64.3 text:[[Mesozoic|Meso~zoic]] shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -251.1 text:[[Paleozoic|Paleo~zoic]] shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-4500   till: -545   text:[[Proterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from:   -1.6 till:    0&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:   -1.6&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -146   till:  -64.3&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -208   till: -146&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till: -208&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till: -286&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -408.5 till: -360&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -443.5 till: -408.5&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -490   till: -443.5&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -490&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  fontsize:8&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -900   till:  -545  text:[[Neoproterozoic|Neoprote-~rozoic]] shift:(0,1.8)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-1600   till:  -900  text:[[Mesoproterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-2500   till: -1600  text:[[Paleoproterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-3800   till: -2500  text:[[Archaean]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: start  till: -3800  text:[[Hadean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:800 height:120&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:720 height:95 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars  = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
    id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
    id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
    id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
    id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
    id:eon    value:rgb(1,0.7,1)   # light purple&lt;br /&gt;
    id:filler value:gray(0.8)      # background bar&lt;br /&gt;
    id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period      = from:-545 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis    = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor  = unit:year increment:100 start:-500&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor  = unit:year increment:10  start:-540&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markred   = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:red   shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markgreen = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:green shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:eon color:eon&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  at:   -545   align:left   $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till:    0   text:[[Phanerozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  at:    -64.3 align:left   $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:    0   text:[[Cenozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till:  -64.3 text:[[Mesozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -251.1 text:[[Paleozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period fontsize:8&lt;br /&gt;
  from:   -1.6 till:    0&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:   -1.6 text:[[Tertiary]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -146   till:  -64.3 text:[[Cretaceous]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -208   till: -146   text:[[Jurassic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till: -208   text:[[Triassic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1 text:[[Permian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till: -286   text:[[Carboniferous]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -408.5 till: -360   text:[[Devonian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -443.5 till: -408.5 text:[[Silurian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -490   till: -443.5 text:[[Ordovician]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -490   text:[[Cambrian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:age color:age fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from: start  till:  end&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -23    till:  -1.6  text:[[Neogene|Neo-~gene]]             shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -64.3  till: -23    text:[[Paleogene|Paleo~gene]]          shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1 # mark end of Paleozoic&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -325   till:  -286  text:[[Pennsylvanian|Pennsyl-~vanian]] shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till:  -325  text:[[Mississippian|Missis-~sippian]] shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize = width:800 height:120&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea  = width:720 height:95 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
  id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
  id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
  id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
  id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
  id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period     = from:-65.5 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis   = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor = unit:year increment:10 start:-60&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor = unit:year increment:1  start:-65&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markgreen = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:green shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
  at:     0  align:right $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  at: start  align:left  $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till:  0    text:[[Cenozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till:  0    text:[[Quaternary|Qua~ter~nary]] fontsize:6 align:left shift:(-7,5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till: -1.6  text:[[Tertiary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:age color:age&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till:  0&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -23   till:  -1.6 text:[[Neogene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till: -23   text:[[Paleogene]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:epoch color:epoch&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -0.1  till:  0&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till: -0.1  text:[[Pleistocene|P]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -5    till: -1.6  text:[[Pliocene|Plio~cene]] shift:(0,1) fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-23    till: -5    text:[[Miocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-38    till:-23    text:[[Oligocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-55    till:-38    text:[[Eocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till:-55    text:[[Paleocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 us.archive.ubuntu.com:80 (2001:67c:1562::16). - connect (101: Network is unreachable)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=User:Yogi&amp;diff=8631</id>
		<title>User:Yogi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=User:Yogi&amp;diff=8631"/>
		<updated>2018-03-14T09:44:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Read more/less==&lt;br /&gt;
After teacher professional development, the area in which ICT can make a significant difference is in the creation, revision and sharing of digital curricular content. The marginal costs of sharing digital content is negligible. A large number of digital tools are available to create digital resources, in text, image, animation, audio and video formats. Moving beyond the ‘text book’ to include additional formats of resources can create a rich learning environment, in which teachers have a wealth of materials to chose from, based on their needs and priorities. Teachers also need a common space where they can access resources for their classroom teaching, and also for TPD. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Collapsed|The size of the public education system in most states could help to create a sufficient volume of interaction in the professional learning communities. The networking of teachers using digital technologies can make the large size of the system as a strength, as the large number of teachers participating in the network could be a benefit in terms of the volume of resources created and shared by them. Even if only a very small percentage of teachers from the public education system participate, in absolute numbers, it is likely to be large enough to provide a base for OER creation. It is necessary to license all these digital resources as ‘open educational resources’ (OER), since that would enable the resources to be freely re-used, revised and re-distributed. This also needs to be formalized through state curricular policy, by which all materials developed using public funding would be released as OER1.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://teacher-network.in/?q=h5p/embed/89&lt;br /&gt;
|width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|height=800&lt;br /&gt;
|border=0&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://teacher-network.in/?q=h5p/embed/201353&lt;br /&gt;
|width=100%&lt;br /&gt;
|height=800&lt;br /&gt;
|border=0&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;iframe src=&amp;quot;https://h5p.org/h5p/embed/201353&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;1090&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;645&amp;quot; frameborder=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; allowfullscreen=&amp;quot;allowfullscreen&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/iframe&amp;gt;&amp;lt;script src=&amp;quot;https://h5p.org/sites/all/modules/h5p/library/js/h5p-resizer.js&amp;quot; charset=&amp;quot;UTF-8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/script&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;table&amp;gt;&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:160 height:550&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:50 height:530 left:50 bottom:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DateFormat = yyyy&lt;br /&gt;
Period     = from:1919 till:1991&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis   = orientation:vertical&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor = unit:year increment:5 start:1920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# there is no automatic collision detection,&lt;br /&gt;
# so shift texts up or down manually to avoid overlap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $dx = 25 # shift text to right side of bar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:Leaders color:red width:25 mark:(line,white) align:left fontsize:S&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start till:1922 shift:($dx,15)   text:Vladimir~Ilyich~[[Lenin]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1922  till:1953 shift:($dx,5)    text:[[Stalin|Josef Stalin]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1953  till:1964 shift:($dx,5)    text:Nikita~[[Khrushchev]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1964  till:1982 shift:($dx,5)    text:Leonid~[[Brezhnev]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1982  till:1984 shift:($dx,-12)  text:Yuri~[[Andropov]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1984  till:1985 shift:($dx,4)    text:Konstantin~[[Chernenko]] fontsize:XS&lt;br /&gt;
  from:1985  till:end  shift:($dx,10)   text:Mikhail~[[Gorbachev]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;td valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:800 height:100&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:720 height:75 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars  = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
  id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
  id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
  id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
  id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
  id:eon    value:rgb(1,0.7,1)   # light purple&lt;br /&gt;
  id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period      = from:-4500 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis    = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor  = unit:year increment:500 start:-4500&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor  = unit:year increment:100 start:-4500&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markred = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:red shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:eon color:eon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  at:   -545   align:left   $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till:    0   text:[[Phanerozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-4500   till:    0   text:[[Precambrian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:    0   text:C~z shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till:  -64.3 text:[[Mesozoic|Meso~zoic]] shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -251.1 text:[[Paleozoic|Paleo~zoic]] shift:(0,1.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-4500   till: -545   text:[[Proterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from:   -1.6 till:    0&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:   -1.6&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -146   till:  -64.3&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -208   till: -146&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till: -208&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till: -286&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -408.5 till: -360&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -443.5 till: -408.5&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -490   till: -443.5&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -490&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  fontsize:8&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -900   till:  -545  text:[[Neoproterozoic|Neoprote-~rozoic]] shift:(0,1.8)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-1600   till:  -900  text:[[Mesoproterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-2500   till: -1600  text:[[Paleoproterozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-3800   till: -2500  text:[[Archaean]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: start  till: -3800  text:[[Hadean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize  = width:800 height:120&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea   = width:720 height:95 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars  = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
    id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
    id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
    id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
    id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
    id:eon    value:rgb(1,0.7,1)   # light purple&lt;br /&gt;
    id:filler value:gray(0.8)      # background bar&lt;br /&gt;
    id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period      = from:-545 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis    = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor  = unit:year increment:100 start:-500&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor  = unit:year increment:10  start:-540&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markred   = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:red   shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markgreen = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:green shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:eon color:eon&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  at:   -545   align:left   $markred&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till:    0   text:[[Phanerozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
  at:      0   align:right  $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  at:    -64.3 align:left   $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:    0   text:[[Cenozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till:  -64.3 text:[[Mesozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -251.1 text:[[Paleozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period fontsize:8&lt;br /&gt;
  from:   -1.6 till:    0&lt;br /&gt;
  from:  -64.3 till:   -1.6 text:[[Tertiary]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -146   till:  -64.3 text:[[Cretaceous]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -208   till: -146   text:[[Jurassic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -251.1 till: -208   text:[[Triassic]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1 text:[[Permian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till: -286   text:[[Carboniferous]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -408.5 till: -360   text:[[Devonian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -443.5 till: -408.5 text:[[Silurian]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -490   till: -443.5 text:[[Ordovician]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -545   till: -490   text:[[Cambrian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:age color:age fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from: start  till:  end&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -23    till:  -1.6  text:[[Neogene|Neo-~gene]]             shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -64.3  till: -23    text:[[Paleogene|Paleo~gene]]          shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -286   till: -251.1 # mark end of Paleozoic&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -325   till:  -286  text:[[Pennsylvanian|Pennsyl-~vanian]] shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -360   till:  -325  text:[[Mississippian|Missis-~sippian]] shift:(0,0.5)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ImageSize = width:800 height:120&lt;br /&gt;
PlotArea  = width:720 height:95 left:65 bottom:20&lt;br /&gt;
AlignBars = justify&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colors =&lt;br /&gt;
  id:epoch  value:rgb(0.7,0.7,1) # light yellow&lt;br /&gt;
  id:period value:rgb(1,0.7,0.7) # light red&lt;br /&gt;
  id:age    value:rgb(0.7,1,0.7) # light green&lt;br /&gt;
  id:era    value:rgb(1,1,0.7)   # light blue&lt;br /&gt;
  id:black  value:black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Period     = from:-65.5 till:0&lt;br /&gt;
TimeAxis   = orientation:horizontal&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMajor = unit:year increment:10 start:-60&lt;br /&gt;
ScaleMinor = unit:year increment:1  start:-65&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define $markgreen = text:&amp;quot;*&amp;quot; textcolor:green shift:(0,3) fontsize:10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PlotData=&lt;br /&gt;
  align:center textcolor:black fontsize:8 mark:(line,black) width:25 shift:(0,-5)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:era color:era&lt;br /&gt;
  at:     0  align:right $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  at: start  align:left  $markgreen&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till:  0    text:[[Cenozoic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:period color:period&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till:  0    text:[[Quaternary|Qua~ter~nary]] fontsize:6 align:left shift:(-7,5)&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till: -1.6  text:[[Tertiary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:age color:age&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till:  0&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -23   till:  -1.6 text:[[Neogene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till: -23   text:[[Paleogene]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  bar:epoch color:epoch&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -0.1  till:  0&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -1.6  till: -0.1  text:[[Pleistocene|P]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from: -5    till: -1.6  text:[[Pliocene|Plio~cene]] shift:(0,1) fontsize:6&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-23    till: -5    text:[[Miocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-38    till:-23    text:[[Oligocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:-55    till:-38    text:[[Eocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
  from:start  till:-55    text:[[Paleocene]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/timeline&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 us.archive.ubuntu.com:80 (2001:67c:1562::16). - connect (101: Network is unreachable)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Professional_learning_communities&amp;diff=8156</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Professional learning communities</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Professional_learning_communities&amp;diff=8156"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T06:05:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%83%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A4%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AA%E0%B2%B0_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%BE_%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%A6%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%AF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Audio visual communication|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=What is internet and web|Curr=Professional learning communities|Next=Building a personal digital library}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every profession has its own professional association for learning and sharing. These associations are a method of continuous interactions with fellow practitioners (peers) and allow methods of learning beyond the college or university. You may have learnt  about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Social_constructivism social constructivism] and how we learn from each other. Teachers, as professionals too need to connect regularly to their peers, for sharing their experiences, practices as well as insights. They also need to be able to contact peers as well as mentors for seeking support. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the large school system in India, teachers may be isolated in their practice and they may have few opportunities for sharing experiences, reflecting and sharing understanding or seeking solutions for their specific needs and challenges. In the traditional in-service teacher training programmes, the learning is usually at a point in time; teachers learn in workshops, and there is limited opportunity for interactions after that. Teachers may not have formal, organized methods of being in touch with their faculty or with one another to extend the learning after the teacher workshop. There is a need for teachers to organise themselves into learning communities for regular interactions to support peer learning and mentoring.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
While professional communities and associations have been there for a long time, ICT have made possible ways of connecting and communicating with each other simpler and more accessible.  Online communities are often a good way of continuing interactions beyond the restrictions of meetings of physical time and space.  Online communities can be mailing forums or discussion groups and can be accessed either through your phone or the computer.  &lt;br /&gt;
The [http://ncte-india.org/ncte_new/pdf/NCFTE_2010.pdf National Curriculum Framework for Teacher Education] (NCF-TE, 2010) talks envisions teacher education with the following key components: (i) collaborative networks for learning and sharing, (ii) continuous learning (iii) different paths and spaces for learning.  It regards peer learning as an important component of Teacher Professional Development.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Mailing forums are a good way to keep the teacher community in contact with one another and serve as a complement to physical  interactions, and provide for learning beyond the workshops. Teachers can use the mailing forums to share their experiences, share resources created by them (including question papers, share activities and ideas for CCE), ask for clarifications, seek feedback, discuss issues in school administration as well.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[wikipedia:Professional_learning_community|Professional Learning Communities]] are a recent method for continuing professional development and by providing teachers with peer support, it can be a sustainable method of development. A state-wide mailing-list can bring all teachers (usually teaching the same subject) together, to discuss and share. PLCs can be created at different levels for different purposes. You should also try to form such a community in your school, with your colleagues, your &amp;#039;school professional learning community&amp;#039; which will have school development as an important aim. You can also initiate a PLC with your colleague subject teachers in your Mandal or district.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Building_a_personal_digital_library&amp;diff=8155</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Building a personal digital library</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Building_a_personal_digital_library&amp;diff=8155"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:52:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%95%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A4%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%95_%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%A6%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AE%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%A8_%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%97%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%B9%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%AF_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%9A%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%86 ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Audio visual communication|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=Professional learning communities|Curr=Building a personal digital library|Next=ICT for generic resource creation}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== OER (Open Educational Resources) ===&lt;br /&gt;
For making teaching more effective, a resource rich learning environment is necessary. However, in many cases, teachers only have the text book for their subject. The text book is intended primarily for the student and the teacher needs to access resources that are a super set of the topic as dealt in the text book, so that the teacher is well placed to teach the topic in a variety of ways, based on the learning contexts and needs of the students. Teachers must also be resourceful to address any doubts or questions that may arise in class or elsewhere on the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, learning resources other than text books are not easily available to teachers. Also significant part of materials available is copyrighted, meaning teachers cannot make copies of the same for their use and it may be expensive to purchase all the required resource materials. [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyright &amp;#039;Copyright&amp;#039;] refers to the legal framework under which the author is making available her work to the public. The default copyright in India and rest of the world is that, if the author does not specify the copyright clause, it means that all rights are reserved by the author. This means that most of the published materials available are copyright as &amp;#039;all rights reserved&amp;#039; and cannot be freely used, shared or modified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers also will need to contextualise materials (make changes as per their own needs), which copyrighted materials would not allow. Hence there is a movement to produce learning resources and make available with less copyright restrictions. The [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_educational_resources &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Open Educational Resources&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] movement aims to release materials with minimal restrictions, which will allow teachers to freely &amp;#039;re-use&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;re-vise&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;re-mix&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;re-distribute&amp;#039; materials (these are called the 4 Rs, the fifth R can be &amp;#039;re-tain&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Global digital library to personal digital library ===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter discusses how teachers can access available OER from the internet and create their own digital libraries on their computers for different topics of their interest. As a &amp;#039;global digital library, the internet has information on almost every topic. This changes the way we can think of learning and the skills of learning. Skills of accessing information, organizing, evaluating information are very important. While the Internet is a continuous learning resource and there is a lot of content you can access, to make the resources useful, you need to organize it well, and have a clear unit plan on how to integrate multiple resources for teaching. While there are many tools for teaching learning, no single tool will be fully adequate for learning; we have to use a library of tools and materials.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Information can be accessed in multiple ways from the Internet and we need to know how to search for information on the Internet.  Sources of information, even if freely available on the Internet, needs to be acknowledged. Resources are available in different formats on the Internet- images, videos, audio files etc.  We must be aware of Internet safety while accessing images, videos and other information on the Internet.  We already saw that each website is a page on the Internet and has an address.  We can either copy and paste the link directly in the address bar of the browser (shown above).  Another way of finding information on the Internet is through the use of a search engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives of a personal digital library===&lt;br /&gt;
A personal digital library can store information on different topics of interest to you. It is &amp;#039;personal&amp;#039; meaning it is available on your own computer, for your use anytime. It is &amp;#039;digital&amp;#039; it is available in a digital format, which is easy to edit, store and share. Most importantly, it is a &amp;#039;library&amp;#039; meaning the digital resources are organised meaningfully, for you to easily access information when you want it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to access information on internet - Accessing text, image, audio and video resources===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing text resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
The Internet is a rich source of text OER. It is important to access OER while creating your own because you cannot use content not licensed for reuse.  You could either access popular known OER repositories or you could search the internet for resources you want. One method of accessing existing OER is to search some text repositories.  The most popular text OER repository is the digital	encyclopedia, Wikipedia. You can search for your topic in Wikipedia, by simply	typing this text in the search bar. We will do this for ‘Digital	Story Telling’ (DST) which is the OER proposed to be created as an	exemplar by this tool-kit.  Wikipedia is available in more than hundred other languages, so you may also be able to search for text OER in Telugu or Urdu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other popular OER sites include http://www.wikieducator.org, https://oercommons.org. A list of OER sites is available on http://www.searchoer.com/list-of-oer.html. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You could also use a search engine such as Google search engine or DuckDuckGo search engine to access information. The search engine will retrieve web pages for your topic that are both OER and non OER and you need to check each result you want to use, if it is  OER.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing image resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
Like [https://en.wikipedia.org Wikipedia] is a popular text OER repository, Wikimedia commons is a repository of media (images, audio and video).  You can search for your topic in Wikimedia Commons, by simply typing the topic name in the search bar. [https://www.flickr.com/creativecommons/ Flickr] is also another popular source of OER images. You can use a search engine such as [https://google.com Google search engine] or [https://duckduckgo.com/ DuckDuckGo] search engine to search for image OER.  As in the case of text, you can select images that are licensed for reuse by specifying the search settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Accessing audio resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
[https://freesound.org Freesound] and  [http://Soundcloud.com Soundcloud] are  audio OER repositories. You can use a search engine such as  [https://google.com Google search engine] or [https://duckduckgo.com/ DuckDuckGo] search engine, to search the web for audio resources.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing video resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
[http://Youtube.com Youtube] is a popular repository for videos, it contains both OER and non OER videos. It is the largest collection of videos in the world.  If the video is downloadable, you will always see a download button; right click will usually give download option. You can search for videos on [[Learn_Youtube|Youtube]] also. When you search, all videos will be listed.  Right click on any link and click on &amp;quot;download as&amp;quot;. # It will save in downloads folder; you can copy and paste into your folder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vimeo and [http://commons.wikimedia.org Wikimedia] are also audio and video repositories. A google search on ‘OER Videos’ will also give you a list of sites to explore. In the search engine, you would need to specify &amp;quot;videos&amp;quot; as a filter for search results. You cannot insert videos into a text document, so inserting the link to the file, will provide the information to play the video.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to evaluate an Internet resource===&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few things you must check when we look at the usefulness of the information on any website.&lt;br /&gt;
#Source of the website.  It is important to know about the source of the information, to get a sense of its authenticity&lt;br /&gt;
#Use of multiple websites:  Only one website will give us only one kind of information. Using more than one website will give multiple perspectives.  We can also cross check and identify errors if any.&lt;br /&gt;
#Relevance:  Often when we search, we may immediately share the first page we find, with others. However, it is important to read (at least quickly) the contents of the page, to help you get a sense of the relevance of the page for your purpose. Information use is very contextual.  A web page written about rainfall and crops will be different for different places.  So we need to look at how it will be useful for us.  Information also has to be valid for a given time.  If the information is very old, we need to test for accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
#Features of a website:  How useful a website is depends on how many different ways we can access the information and use it and view it.  Can it be used by teachers, students, general public?  The understanding of this will also help us determine how much we can use the content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How to search for information===&lt;br /&gt;
The second aspect of using a website relates to how we search for information.  What words we use, how we phrase the question for search are all important features in deciding the quality of search results.  For example try these different searches - Giraffe,  Evolution and Evolution of giraffe&lt;br /&gt;
You will notice that the pages that come up are all different.  What we also need to keep in mind is who the user is, what is the use etc.  How we use the search terms determines what results see and how relevant they are.&lt;br /&gt;
===Check list for evaluating a website===&lt;br /&gt;
The following questions should be answered to evaluate a website:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Whose website? (check the &amp;#039;About Us&amp;#039; link that is usually provided on a web site to get this information)&lt;br /&gt;
#What kind of website - commercial, educational, etc. Educational sites or non-commercial sites may be more reliable, generally&lt;br /&gt;
#What kind of resources? Is the information reliable - always check more than one site&lt;br /&gt;
#Does it allow for a discussion? Or does it only provide one-way information&lt;br /&gt;
#Does it have transaction - like e-commerce websites&lt;br /&gt;
#Is it easy to navigate?&lt;br /&gt;
#Free/ Paid/ Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
#Copyright of the content on the site&lt;br /&gt;
#Navigation - How many internal and external web links does it have. &lt;br /&gt;
# How to contact the website owner/manager? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====For teaching-learning resources - In addition to the above, the following points are to be considered====&lt;br /&gt;
#What is the website about? &lt;br /&gt;
#Is the information reliable - always check more than one website&lt;br /&gt;
#Who made it?&lt;br /&gt;
#What it has?&lt;br /&gt;
#Is it for teachers or for children?&lt;br /&gt;
#How to use in class?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Steps in creating a personal resource folder===&lt;br /&gt;
There are several steps in creating a resource folder. The specific technology actions for each of these steps, is available under the relevant application in the [[Explore an application]] page.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Make a [[Learn_Ubuntu#Functionalities|folder]] on the computer by topic&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a [[Learn_LibreOffice_Writer#Functionalities |&amp;#039;meta&amp;#039; document]] which will provide your thoughts on the topic and link the resources you have collected to these thoughts&lt;br /&gt;
#Access relevant resources from [[Learn_Firefox#Functionalities| Internet]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Save pages, images, [[Learn_Youtube|videos]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Insert into [[Learn_LibreOffice_Writer#Functionalities |document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Copy links of the resources you find useful, and which you would like to refer to in your document&lt;br /&gt;
#Paste / insert [[Learn_LibreOffice_Writer#Functionalities |links into document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Add your own comments, suggestions in the meta document, and connect the resources accessed and shared, with your ideas to create a resource document on the selected topic.&lt;br /&gt;
#Format the [[Learn_LibreOffice_Writer#Functionalities |document]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Personal Digital Library===&lt;br /&gt;
The set of resources downloaded in your folders for the given topic, along with your &amp;#039;meta document&amp;#039; constitutes your personal digital library for the topic. You can build such libraries on any topic you are interested in, and build your own knowledge in a structured manner. Since the internet has resources on almost all topics, you have an opportunity to keep learning, that too on topics of your interest. The topic or area need not be only one of theoretical interest or only to build your knowledge. You can also work on building skills since there are likely to be videos available for helping you learn a new language, or even a skill like swimming. You can also share this personal digital library with your colleagues so that they can also benefit. When teachers share their personal digital libraries / resources from their library with their colleagues, cumulatively, it creates a resource rich environment. Try creating a personal digital library on a topic or issue you have always wanted to learn about. &lt;br /&gt;
===Contributing to the Global Digital Library===&lt;br /&gt;
You can register on Wikipedia. Create articles in Telugu ([http://kn.wikipedia.org http://te.wikipedia.org]) and add to existing articles. This will be a valuable contribution to OER in your language. (You can also do this for [http://ur.wikipedia.org Urdu], [http://en.wikipedia.org English], [http://hi.wikipedia.org Hindi] or any of the Indian languages) as well. You can also register on the TROER and contribute resources.&lt;br /&gt;
You should also, as a matter of habit, release the resources created by you as OER, by sharing it in the Subject Teacher Forums, or publishing on the internet on the OER repositories mentioned in this chapter.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=8154</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Digital story telling</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Digital_story_telling&amp;diff=8154"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:49:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%A6%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AE%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%A8_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%A5%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%B9%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B3%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%81%E0%B2%A6%E0%B3%81 ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Audio visual communication|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in teaching learning|Curr=Digital Story Telling|Next=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of this activity is to develop a digital story for a teaching-learning situation - examples, creating a photo essay for documenting an event or a place, comic strips to tell a story, an audio recording for sharing understanding.  The focus on all of these activities is to demonstrate possibilities of using digital stories to express understanding and learning without focusing exclusively on text based methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Objectives===&lt;br /&gt;
#Capturing information in multiple (non-only-textual) ways; what to use when  &lt;br /&gt;
#Understanding that digital stories can be picture albums, picture story books, audio books, audio visual books or videos or a combination of these&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining text, graphic and audio visual methods, developing a story and scripting by combining multiple digital methods&lt;br /&gt;
#Learning the effectiveness of digital stories for communication in classrooms; in the case of language teaching-learning how this can be used for learning and assessment. It can be used to document community institutions for social science or explore a topic in science or mathematics.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Evaluation of digital stories (by teachers for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
#Possibilities for inclusion using digital story telling (by teachers for children with different learning needs and abilities)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Understanding digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
The first step is in understanding the effectiveness of different kinds of communication.  Take a given multimedia communication and discuss with the students the overall message and the role and effectiveness of each of the pieces of the digital story in communicating the idea.  For example, take a sample of resources - sequence story of pictures, an animation, a poster, an audio clip or a video - and  ask the children to tell the story.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Notes for the teacher====&lt;br /&gt;
Use the following pointers to evaluate a digital story:&lt;br /&gt;
#What pictures/ images/ sounds/ videos have been captured?  How are they important?&lt;br /&gt;
#How different media (audio, video, image) are different?&lt;br /&gt;
#Why has a video been used for a particular message or could it have been captured (better) by a photograph?&lt;br /&gt;
#How have text, images and audio/ video been combined?&lt;br /&gt;
#When to use what?&lt;br /&gt;
====Student Outcomes====&lt;br /&gt;
#Comprehension, verbal (oral) expression from a given story/ resource/ audio/ video&lt;br /&gt;
#Ability to coherently tell a story.  Making a story line for a given idea. This is likely to be an iterative process, initially many &amp;#039;story ideas&amp;#039; can be brain stormed by the students and then a few selected, by explicitly assessing these stories on parameters they use&lt;br /&gt;
#Identifying key ideas for getting photos / images/ drawing pictures&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying images and photos and adding descriptive text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Creating, accessing, modifying audio and video and combining with images and text to develop stories&lt;br /&gt;
#Technical skills of creating multimedia digital stories &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Making a digital story with images and text ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 1.  Telling a story with pictures ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Digital story with photographs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we have to create a photo / image essay.  This could be either be a documentation of an event or a set of images that can be tied to tell a story or an explanation of a process.  These images can be created through taking photographs of actual events or taking photographs of hand drawn illustrations.  The photographs can be stitched using a slide show.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Making a story with digital art images&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to taking photographs, images can be digitally created using paint/ drawing applications.  Images can also be created using digital art creation tools like Tux Paint or MyPaint.  Screenshots of a digital art creation or snapshots of a video are also methods of generating digital images. Such creations can be combined with photographs in a slideshow.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture essays =====&lt;br /&gt;
There are multiple pedagogical possibilities from picture stories.  Picture stories can be used as ways for building communication and expression in students. The choice of what to photograph or illustrate will determine the effectiveness of the photo essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another skill to be built here is the ability to tell stories using photo or image essays.  Unlike text, images can give rise to multiple interpretations and hence, multiple stories. This can be used effectively in a classroom to create an inclusive environment for all students to participate.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By asking students to illustrate a given story or a song or a poem, it is possible to assess their comprehension.  Students can also be encouraged to make collaborative stories from pictures shared in a classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 2.  Editing Images and Adding text ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once a picture story has been created, we may now find it useful to add text.  For example, when we work for language lessons, we have to help create the story line using related pictures – related to a lesson/ idea/ author that we want to explore.  It can be linked to the textbook chapter/ lesson; it need not be.  Images can be added to text using a text editor or even a concept map; a concept map can also be presented with images and notes as a story.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are different levels of combining text and images: &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing the image for size, format, scaling and cropping, inserting into a document. &lt;br /&gt;
#Editing images to improve image quality.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding a caption to an image.   &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting text into images.&lt;br /&gt;
#Adding descriptive texts and labels to an image; sequencing and telling a  story.&lt;br /&gt;
Together, the images and text can tell a story.  Examples will include a picture story book, a comic strip, or even a poster or brochure.  This method of communication can be useful to combine art with other subject areas.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Pedagogical possibilities from picture stories =====&lt;br /&gt;
Picture stories can be effective in allowing students to express their understanding in text, based on their language ability.  Pictures can support the narration.  The teacher can assess how the students are able to tell a story and their coherence of expression for a given idea.  Picture essays and picture stories can also help teachers determine students&amp;#039; levels of documenting and their practices of documenting knowledge (their sources of information, permissions, etc), their skills of combining text and non-textual methods for communicating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Other examples of picture stories====&lt;br /&gt;
#Create a process flow (science) diagram and label it. (Using draw tools, scan from hand drawn process charts and take a screenshot from an existing image of a diagram/ process chart). &lt;br /&gt;
#Even a Geogebra file is one such image / text story.&lt;br /&gt;
#Explaining an experiment using screenshots from simulations is an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Writer]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn MyPaint]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn GIMP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio and video stories ===&lt;br /&gt;
While we may not be using this very often, even simple audio clips can be used to tell stories.  Using sounds and narrations to tell stories as well as adding sounds to embellish a story are possible.  Determining when to add an audio or a video is a function of the story telling ability.  There are multiple ways of creating audio and video files: &lt;br /&gt;
# Audio recording using a voice recorder or mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Video recording using a camera or a mobile &lt;br /&gt;
# Screen cast video recording of any application or process being done on the computer &lt;br /&gt;
#Using a voice recorder, narrate the explanation, description or commentary of the process or event to create an audio clip.&lt;br /&gt;
#Combining the audio clip with videos and/or images to create video stories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Pedagogical possibilities from audio visual stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio visual methods can add to the effectiveness of a message.  Look at this video below of a short video combining audio(song),video (dance and protests) and animations. {{Youtube|8M5aeMpzOLU}}Like in the case of picture stories, deciding on a story line, and correct choice of image or other media will determine effectiveness.  Audio visual stories allow for different forms of expression including narration and music to be added and allow for more possibilities for creating an inclusive environment in a classroom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other outcomes will depend on the specific objectives of the digital story, whether of supporting deeper understanding of community/social institutions (in case of social science), of nature and natural processes/events (in case of science) and of expression/production (in case of language). Elements of art and music can also be blended into the digital story by the students.  The style of presentation and quality of the output can also give the teachers an indication of the student&amp;#039;s engagement with the idea/ concept as well as their technical skills.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Digital learning resources to be used for making picture stories ====&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the tools mentioned, the following tools are to be used: &lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Audacity]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Record My Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn OpenShot Video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment of digital stories===&lt;br /&gt;
Digital stories can be used for assessment of student learning.&lt;br /&gt;
#How well story is developed?&lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the script and the quality of the images, audio, video, text material used &lt;br /&gt;
#The quality of the language&lt;br /&gt;
#Analysing information presented in multiple formats &lt;br /&gt;
#How well ideas are connected?&lt;br /&gt;
#Accuracy&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For a language lesson, you can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Language style&lt;br /&gt;
#Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;For social science topics, or projects in mathematics and science, we can assess the following:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#Coherence and the flow of story&lt;br /&gt;
#Richness of ideas and extensions presented&lt;br /&gt;
#How critical questions are asked and expressed, how dilemmas and challenges are explored&lt;br /&gt;
#Linking of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Some examples of digital stories in schools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at digital stories created by schools for different topics/issues/locations can give an idea of the immense possibilities of this as a pedagogical tool.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{#widget:YouTube|id=o2bqPhwab3Y|width=320 |height=220}}&lt;br /&gt;
Video of a local handicraft making shop &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Fire station jayanagar digital story telling.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Picture essay of a fire station&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Basic_digital_literacy&amp;diff=8153</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Basic digital literacy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Basic_digital_literacy&amp;diff=8153"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Audio visual communication|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=ICT in Education|Curr=Basic digital literacy|Next=ICT for connecting and learning}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The ICT environment===&lt;br /&gt;
Having an overview of ICT and their larger societal  implications, we will now learn how to navigate / use ICT. Any technology has a skill component and ICT is something all of us can practise for our own use. In the next section we will learn how to use a computer and various software applications for our professional activities. You should diligently work on this practice component, and also try to integrate it into the other subjects you teach as well, to the extent you find this relevant and useful. The more you practise / use, the more you would learn and become comfortable. We will explore the basics of [[Explore a computer|computer hardware and software]] and learn [[Learn Firefox|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Internet browsing&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;]], [[Learn Freeplane|concept mapping]] as well as [[Learn LibreOffice Writer|text]] and [[Learn LibreOffice Calc|number editing]] applications in this section. At all times, we will try to see how ICT are relevant to your primary mandate of teaching-learning. Hence we will approach the learning and use of these applications from a pedagogical perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Computer Hardware and Software ===&lt;br /&gt;
A computer is a device which takes input, processes it and gives output which can be stored and shared. When you enter data into your computer, it is called as input. An input can be data like text or picture or an instruction on what to do with the data. This data is processed (process means to perform a series of operations on a set of data) and you will get the output. The software is what makes the computer and mobile so powerful.  Learn more about the [http://www.computersciencelab.com/ComputerHistory/History.htm history of computers]. A more detailed description of the computer can be found [http://119.226.159.19/OER/index.php/Explore_a_computer here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Learning to input with keyboard ===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the instructions / input is given to the computer through the keyboard, hence it is important that teachers should be able to type efficiently, using all their fingers. Typing using the correct finger for each key on the keyboard will help improve the speed of input enormously. It will enable the teacher to type without seeing the keyboard, and seeing the monitor during typing, will enable spotting of any mistakes immediately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Earlier to learn typing, one had to go to a typing class, but now the computer has [[Learn Tux Typing|software]] that you can use to learn typing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Brief information about the keyboard ===&lt;br /&gt;
The keys on the keyboard can be divided into several groups based on function:&lt;br /&gt;
# Typing (alphabets and numbers) keys: These keys are arranged as in a traditional &amp;#039;QWERTY&amp;#039; typewriter&lt;br /&gt;
# Special purpose keys: These keys are used alone or in combination with other keys to perform certain actions, such as CTRL, ALT,  ESC, Function keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigation keys: These keys are used for moving around in documents / editing text. They include the arrow keys, HOME, END, PAGE UP, PAGE DOWN, DELETE and INSERT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Numeric keypad: The numeric keypad is handy for entering numbers quickly. The keys are grouped together in a block like a conventional calculator or adding machine. This block may not be available on all keyboards, numbers are also provided in the top rung of the keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Learning to input with the mouse ===&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, the keyboard was the only device for providing instructions to the computer, but with the invention of the &amp;#039;[[wikipedia:Graphical_user_interface|graphic user interface]]&amp;#039; (GUI in short), the mouse became an important input device. The mouse makes giving instructions much simpler by pointing the cursor to a place on the screen and clicking to select an instruction. You can become comfortable in using the mouse by practising with [[Learn Tux Paint|Tux Paint]]. Tux Paint features a simple interface and a fixed drawing area with access to previously made images using icons. Tux Paint is equipped with cartoon mascots which can encourage students  to learn to use the mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Operating System ===&lt;br /&gt;
We need a special computer program to explain our instructions to the computer, this is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[wikipedia:Operating_system|Operating system]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  (also called system software). Every computer must have an operating system to run other computer programmes. Even your mobile phones have an operating system (such as Android). Operating systems start automatically when you turn on the computer, this process is termed [[wikipedia:Booting|booting]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; All the other computer programmes like programmes to paint, type, listen to music, learn maths etc., are called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[wikipedia:Application_software|application software]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Apps&amp;#039; which work with the system software. People who write programmes are called computer programmers or software developers. On any computer you will have software to paint, to type letters, to watch movies, to find something on the Internet, to learn maths. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can become comfortable in using the Ubuntu GNU/Linux operating system through [[Learn Ubuntu]].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The operating system is like the foundation of a building. By itself it may not seem to be very useful, but it is the basis for all other applications (other floors of the building, which are used by us)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8152</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8152"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:37:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Technological_Pedagogical_Content_Knowledge_TPACK&amp;diff=8151</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/Technological_Pedagogical_Content_Knowledge_TPACK&amp;diff=8151"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:25:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%A4%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9E%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%A8%E0%B2%A6_%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8B%E0%B2%A7%E0%B2%A8%E0%B2%BE_%E0%B2%B6%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%A6_%E0%B2%AE%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%A6_%E0%B2%9C%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9E%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%A8-TPACK ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=Digital story telling|Curr=Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge TPACK|Next=Explore an application}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TPACK_Graphic,_IT_for_Change.png|thumb|400x400px|TPACK Framework]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Technological_Pedagogical_Content_Knowledge Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge] framework provides a useful basis to understand the integration of ICTs in education. It has seven components - Technological  Knowledge, Pedagogical Knowledge, Content Knowledge,  Technological Content Knowledge, Technological Pedagogical Knowledge and Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
===Content and Pedagogy===&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://ncte-india.org/publicnotice/NCFTE_2010.pdf NCFTE] says &amp;quot;Most teacher education courses focus exclusively on the methodology of teaching individual school subjects. It is assumed that the teacher trainees have the subject-content knowledge which they would draw upon when required. Hence, teacher education curricula do not engage teacher trainees with subject-content. However, if we want to prepare teachers to present subject-content in developmentally appropriate ways and with critical perspectives it is essential that several theoretical concepts learnt during general education in school and college be revisited and reconstructed&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[http://academic.wsc.edu/education/curtiss_j/eisner.htm Elliot W. Eisner] said that “Like the systole and diastole of the beating heart, curriculum (content) and teaching (pedagogy) are the most fundamental aspects. ...No curriculum teaches itself, it always must be mediated, and teaching is the fundamental mediator&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Thus content and pedagogy are closely linked in the processes of teaching, and teacher education needs to focus on both. [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lee_Shulman#Pedagogical_content_knowledge_.28PCK.29 Shullman] also disagreed with the thinking  that teachers&amp;#039; subject (content) knowledge and pedagogy were mutually exclusive. He believed that teacher education programs should combine the two knowledge fields. He introduced the notion of pedagogical content knowledge (PCK) that includes pedagogical knowledge and content knowledge, (and also curriculum knowledge, knowledge of educational contexts etc). PCK has two parts:&lt;br /&gt;
#Content: Which includes all that the teacher needs to know to teach. This includes actual content (not just facts and definitions but key concept learnings, the ethics of the subject, the social justification/ social implication for the subject and the philosophy of the subject). This can be seen as the “what” of teaching. Content knowledge will make you an expert in the subject. &lt;br /&gt;
#Pedagogy : Which includes all the methods, strategies and techniques that are used to teaching. This includes various technologies, use of various resources, materials, etc. This can be seen as the “how” of teaching.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Integrating content knowledge with pedagogical knowledge, rather than seeing the two as distinct, will make a better teacher.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===TPACK===&lt;br /&gt;
ICT have significantly impacted content/ learning resource possibilities for teachers. Earlier, the main resource was the text book; with ICT, text resources can be complemented and supplemented with image, audio, video, semantic map, simulations and various kinds of digital resources. ICT have also impacted pedagogy, by providing many more options for teachers. Earlier, to demonstrate eclipse, we could use a candle and a ball and physically manipulate these. Now, with a desktop planetarium tool like [[Learn_Stellarium|Stellarium]], the sun, moon and Earth can be shown as moving in the screen, due to which actual classroom strategies can be different. Thus digital technology has altered/ presented new ways of representing content which makes it possible for new learning strategies to be developed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Professor [https://linkedin.com/in/punyamishra Punya Mishra] and Professor [http://mkoehler.educ.msu.edu/ Matthew J. Koehler], professor have done extensive work in extending PCK to the [http://TPACK.org TPACK] framework.  integrating technology into their practices can help teachers in their professional development both in terms of deepening their content knowledge as well as in terms of supporting newer classroom processes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===TPACK discussion with teachers in Telangana===&lt;br /&gt;
The TPACK framework provides a perspective on how technology impacts content and pedagogy, the two main components of the teaching learning process. This framework can help us understand the integration of ICTs into teaching-learning. In recent Subject Teacher Forum workshops with Telangana maths and science teachers, this framework was discussed, and the concept maps exploring TPACK in these subjects was created, which is provided below.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
====Discussion with mathematics teachers====&lt;br /&gt;
[[:File:Understanding TPACK - Telangana Maths STF Hyderabad.mm|Understanding TPACK - Telangana Maths STF Hyderabad.mm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Understanding TPACK - Telangana Maths STF Hyderabad.mm|center|flash]]&lt;br /&gt;
====Discussion with science teachers====&lt;br /&gt;
[[:File:Understanding TPACK - Telangana Science STF Hyderabad.mm|Understanding TPACK - Telangana Science STF Hyderabad.mm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Understanding TPACK - Telangana Science STF Hyderabad.mm|center|flash]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/What_is_internet_and_web&amp;diff=8150</id>
		<title>ICT teacher handbook/What is internet and web</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=ICT_teacher_handbook/What_is_internet_and_web&amp;diff=8150"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:20:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%A4%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B2_%E0%B2%AE%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A4%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navigate|Prev=ICT for connecting and learning|Curr=What is internet and web|Next=Professional learning communities}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Internet===&lt;br /&gt;
If you want information about your bank balance, you can connect to your bank&amp;#039;s computer from home and get the information that you want. There are many such computers in different organisations giving us different types of information. These computers are connected to one another, their network is called the internet. The internet is thus a physical network of millions of computers across the world, each of which has a unique identifier. Some of these computers act as &amp;#039;servers&amp;#039;, they store data which can be accessed by other computers. The millions of computers which are part of the Internet, is like a huge library with information on almost any issue. Apart from information, many of these computers also have applications or web tools, such as search engine, maps, translation, which have different purposes. The &amp;#039;web-sites&amp;#039; we visit are nothing but folders of computers connected to the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These computers communicate or share data with one another using the protocol called the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_protocol_suite TCP-IP], (transmission control protocol / internet protocol). As the name suggests, TCP/IP is the combination of TCP and IP protocols working together. Under TCP/IP each file being transported across the Internet is broken into smaller parts called &amp;quot;packets&amp;quot; by the server. Each packet is assigned an IP (Internet protocol) address of the computer it has to travel to. As the packet moves through the global network it is &amp;quot;switched&amp;quot; by a number of servers toward its destination, the requesting computer or &amp;quot;client&amp;quot; computer. These packets do not usually travel together on the Internet. Packets from the same file may travel via different paths through different servers, but toward the same destination. This “splitting into packets” technology allows us to use Internet most efficiently. It means parts of a file can be shared across a number of phone lines instead of having to find one phone line to put a large file into. It is also hard to break the network, as the data will be routed around the trouble spot. In this respect TCP/IP can be likened to a group of cars which need to go to the same destination, but instead of all of them going on one road (which may be busy), each car can select a different road out of thousands of roads available. By picking the roads with least traffic, all cars can reach the destination in overall least time. The power of the internet to rapidly move information from any computer to any computer is because of the TCP/IP protocol.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TCP/IP protocol was invented by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vint_Cerf Vincent Van Cerf], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bob_Kahn Robert Kahn] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Louis_Pouzin Louis Pouzin]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===World Wide Web=== &lt;br /&gt;
World wide web (www) is an application on the Internet, which was invented by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tim_Berners-Lee Tim Berners Lee]. The www allows computers to access the Internet in the form of a web page, using an application called the web browser.  There are millions of pages of shared information on the computers in the network, created by many people and organizations, in the form of &amp;#039;web pages&amp;#039; accessed using a software application called a &amp;#039;[[wikipedia:Web_browser|web browser]]&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This information network, called the World Wide Web, consists of web sites. A web site is a collection of related web pages. Web pages are identified by means of a URL (uniform resource locater), which is treated as the website address, usually beginning with “http://” (HTTP stands for hypertext transfer protocol, which is the method used for transferring web page information from the server to your computer. We connect to the Internet using a web browser and the browser opens one web page. This web page has links to other web sites / web pages which we can visit by clicking on the links. Each of the subsequent pages will also have many links which we can click on. Thus we can visualise the world wide web as a huge mansion with many rooms, each room having many doors. When we enter a room (open a web page), we can access the resources in that room. We can also go from that room to other rooms through the several doors that this room has (go from one web page to another web page by clicking on any of the links on the page we are in). The new room also would have many doors. Thus we can go through the mansion from room to room (web page to web page) through the door (web link) in each room. Thus though the entire web is very huge, we only access it one page at a time.  We can connect to the web and go from web page to web page using a software called the [[Learn Firefox| web browser]]. Web browsers allow a user to quickly and easily get information provided on many web pages at many websites.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially the access to the www was only for downloading, this was called Web 1.0. Subsequently the second generation of www was evolved, called Web 2.0. , where ordinary users can create their own materials and publish on the Internet, using software tools like blog or wiki. A blog is like a e-journal and teachers can create their own e-journals for reflective practice using software tools such such as [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WordPress WordPress].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have moved further along now to collaborative creation of web pages, through online collaboration platforms.  Now more and more processing can be done on the Internet, where the data, results and analysis is stored the Internet and we can operate/ add/ access through various web based applications.  This is called [[wikipedia:Cloud_computing|Cloud Computing]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Internet Safety ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the increasing importance of internet in today&amp;#039;s society, teachers need to be aware of the safety concerns around using the internet and different applications on the web. Keeping private information private, secure access to the internet and understanding the rules and ethics of different online applications for communicating, including social media is critical for teachers. Teachers also need to interpret this for students and train them on methods of internet safety.  More details on how to access the internet safely are available in the section on ICT textbook transaction notes.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8149</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8149"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%97:%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8148</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8148"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:09:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8147</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8147"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:09:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8146</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8146"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:08:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8145</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8145"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:04:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8144</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8144"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:04:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Kazam&amp;diff=8143</id>
		<title>Learn Kazam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Kazam&amp;diff=8143"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T05:02:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%9C%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%8D ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Kazam is an Free and Open Source application and this tool can use it as both screencasting tool and for taking screenshot of your computer screen.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
screencasting: digital recording of computer screen output, also known as a video screen capture, often containing audio narration. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshot : an image of the data displayed on the screen of a computer or mobile device. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Creating video and image resources, combining audio, text, image, video and dubbing audio of any video. This can be used in digital story telling activities&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|kazam 1.4.5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://recordmydesktop.sourceforge.net/about.php RecordMyDesktop], [http://www.maartenbaert.be/simplescreenrecorder/ Simple screen recorder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|There are many similar application are available in android mobile phones. Example,. [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.hecorat.screenrecorder.free&amp;amp;hl=en AZ screen recorder]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of features====&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “kazam” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
##Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;sudo apt-get install kazam&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
## just type your password(it will not display on your screen), press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Enter&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with application ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use Print Screen ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most common method to take Screenshot. Pressing the “Print Screen” button will take the Screenshot of the “Entire Visible Screen”.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Getting familiar with application ====&lt;br /&gt;
When we open the Kazam we will see this main window. This main window contains the following sections. Open application from Applications---&amp;gt;Sound and Video---&amp;gt;Kazam.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Kazam home page.png|left|frame|Kazam home page]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Screencast : This option is to set the screen-casting &lt;br /&gt;
# screenshot : This option is to set the screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
# Fullscreen : By selecting this option, user can able to screencast/screenshot of complete screen of the computer display. This mode is useful for creating tutorials where you need to show the interaction between the desktop manager and the different windows and applications.&lt;br /&gt;
# Window : By selecting this option, user can able to screencast/screenshot of only current window of your computer screen. This mode which records only a particular window and is ideal for recording screencasts of an application.&lt;br /&gt;
# Area : By selecting this option, user can able to screencast/screenshot of only selected area of your computer screen.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mouse cursor : Select this feature for including cursor point into our screencast/screenshot output file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sound from the speaker : Select this feature for adding speaker output audio with our screencasting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Sound from microphone : Select this feature for adding your own audio (by using microphone) with our screencasting.&lt;br /&gt;
# Seconds to wait before capturing : This will allow us to delay to start the capture.&lt;br /&gt;
# Capture : This option is to start screencast/scheenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Getting start with simple screenshot ====&lt;br /&gt;
When user launch the application, user will notice that in addition to recording screencast, user can also use the application to take screenshots, by switching to it at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Kazam home page.png|Selecting screenshot option&lt;br /&gt;
File:Delay count down.png|Delay count time for taking screenshot  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After user opens kazam from menu, just click on the Screenshot option to take capture your computer screen as image. Here user can take screenshot in three modes like full screen, select window and select area.&lt;br /&gt;
Users can choose &lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fullscreen&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when they want to take full computer screen as Screenshot, they can choose (include top and buttom panel of your Ubuntu.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when they want to take current window&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Area&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; when they want particular area in the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
If users choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Area&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; option&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; they have to drag cursor along particular area. Also users can choose whether to keep their &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mouse cursor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in their Screenshot and can choose to set capturing delay by few seconds before they actually start their Screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;NOTE:-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;These options are same for both Screenshot and Screencast.&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving screenshot ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Choose lacation to save your screenshot.png|left|thumb|390x390px|Choose location to save your screenshot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting above options users can click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Capture&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to take Screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will prompt users to choose location for save your screenshot. Users can also change the file name before saving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Getting start with Screen casting your computer screen ====&lt;br /&gt;
This works similar to Screenshot except that it helps users to record their computer screens along with audio and save them as videos.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screencasting home page.png|left|frame|390x390px|Screencast dialog box]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here also users can choose whether to keep their &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mouse cursor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in their Screencast recording, also they can choose to record &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sounds from speakers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (computer audio output) and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sounds from microphone&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (record users input through microphone) in their recording which will help users to use their own voice or music from other sources. &lt;br /&gt;
Also users can choose to set capturing delay by few seconds before they actually start their recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After selecting above options users can click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Capture&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to begin Screencast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving/exporting screencast  ====&lt;br /&gt;
After recording a screen, users can click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Finish recording&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; which will prompt users to choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it further using any video editing tools or to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save for later&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to save this video in computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Stop screencasting.png|left|Pause/Finish recording dialog box&lt;br /&gt;
File:Save sreencasted video.png|Save screencasted video&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now users can change the project name before saving the project in their desired destination. Now project will be saved as video. This project can again be used later.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:Choose lacation to save your screenshot.png|left|thumb|390x390px|Choose location to save your screencast]]{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
# This is very useful for creating simple video/screenshot resources by adding narration to a process being done using an application. For example, you can run a simulation on your screen or an image slide show and add your narration to it as the application runs.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can also use an existing video and dub it in another language&lt;br /&gt;
# Please make sure that in both (1) and (2) the original visual resource/ video is licensed for reuse with modification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8142</id>
		<title>Explore a computer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8142"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:57:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICT refer to an entire range of devices that use digital methods to process represent and communicate information.  The desktop computer, laptop, tablet and the smart phone are all ICT devices. Let us explore below the parts of a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg|Computer peripherals&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1. Scanner (nowadays scanning function is available in the mobile phone, hence a separate scanner is not often used)&lt;br /&gt;
|2. CPU (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;entral &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;P&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rocessing &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;U&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;nit):  does the processing work of the computer. It contains “chips” which determine the speed of computer.  For example  i5 is a chip manufactured by Intel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3. RAM (Random Access Memory): This is the storage space in the computer. Temporally it will store frequently used applications and data in it, to increase the speed of the computer. The size of RAM determines how fast the computer works&lt;br /&gt;
|4. Expansion  cards.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5. Power supply unit, which supplies power to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
|6. CD Drive – External storage device. This is now becoming obsolete as USB storage devices / &amp;#039;pen drives&amp;#039; are becoming more popular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7. Hard disk: Hard disk stores the user data as well as the software. This  storage capacity of the computer is specified in terms of GB ([[wikipedia:Gigabyte|Gigabytes]]), 1 GB = 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;9&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; bytes or 1000,000,000 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
|8. Motherboard: This is where all instructions are wired together and helps the computer work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9. Speakers, these amplify any audio played on the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|10. Monitor, for displaying our instructions to the computer and its responses. Monitor consumes quite a bit of electricity, so should be kept in the &amp;#039;off&amp;#039; mode when the computer is not being actively used&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|11. [[wikipedia:Operating_system|Operating System]]. An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;operating system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) is system software that manages computer hardware and software resources and provides common services for computer programs. All computer programs (application software) require an operating system to function.&lt;br /&gt;
|12. [[wikipedia:Application_software|Application Software]] - An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application program&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;app&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for short) is a computer program designed to perform a group of activities. Examples of an application include a text editor, a spreadsheet, a web browser, or a photo editor. The collective noun &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application software&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; refers to all applications collectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|13. [[wikipedia:Keyboard|Keyboard]], similar to a type writer keyboard. It is an input device, used for typing instructions (text, numbers, special characters) to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;
|14. [[wikipedia:Mouse_(computing)|Mouse]], another input device, that works on the [[wikipedia:Graphical_user_interface|Graphical User Interface]] of the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|15. External Hard Disk, additional storage space. &lt;br /&gt;
|16. [[wikipedia:Printer_(computing)|Printer]], output device&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hardware&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Parts 2-8, 10, 13 and 14 constitute basic hardware and are parts of all computing devices. These have now all been combined into one unit in a laptop or mobile. Largely, the hardware is divided into [[wikipedia:Input_device|input devices]] and [[wikipedia:Output_device|output devices]] and storage functions.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Input Devices&lt;br /&gt;
!Output Devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mouse&lt;br /&gt;
|Monitor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
|Projector&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Microphone&lt;br /&gt;
|Printer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scanner&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Web cam&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the keyboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard is usually the main device to providing instructions to the computer. The keys on the keyboard can be divided into several groups based on function:&lt;br /&gt;
# Typing (alphabets and numbers) keys: These keys are arranged as in a traditional &amp;#039;QWERTY&amp;#039;	typewriter&lt;br /&gt;
# Special purpose keys: These keys are used alone or in combination with other keys to perform certain actions, such as CTRL, ALT,  ESC, Function keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigation keys: These keys are used for moving around in documents / editing text. They include the arrow keys, HOME, END, PAGE UP, PAGE DOWN, DELETE	and INSERT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Numeric keypad: The numeric keypad is handy for entering numbers quickly. The keys are grouped together in a block like a conventional calculator or	adding machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Special typing keys =====&lt;br /&gt;
SHIFT: Press shift in combination with a letter to type an uppercase letter. Press shift in combination with another key to type the symbol shown on the upper part of that key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ENTER: Press enter to move the cursor to the beginning of the next line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SPACEBAR: Press the spacebar to move the cursor one space forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BACKSPACE: Press backspace to delete the character before the cursor or the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALT: Activates the menu of the application. Can be used along with arrow keys to select applications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Navigation keys&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
The navigation keys allow you to move the cursor, move around in documents and edit text. The following table lists some common functions of these keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LEFT ARROW, RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW : Move the cursor or selection one space or line in the direction of the arrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HOME : Move the cursor to the beginning of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
END: Move the cursor to the end of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+HOME: Move to the top of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+END: Move to the bottom of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE UP: Move the cursor or page up one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE DOWN: Move the cursor or page down one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DELETE: Delete the character after the cursor, or the selected text; in Windows, delete the selected item and move it to the Recycle Bin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
INSERT: Turn insert mode off or on. When insert mode is on, text that you type is inserted at the cursor. When insert mode is off, text that you type replaces existing characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Storage devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|External HDDs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pendrives&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DVD/CD&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Internet connectivity devices:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; A modem is used for connecting the computer- laptop or mobile to the internet, through a broadband connection. In a networked environment, this modem will be used together with a Local Area Network (LAN). Your school ICT Lab should be configured as a LAN, to get the benefits of local networking, such as sharing data (files) and services (printing etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Peripherals:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Speakers, external hard disk and printers are important peripherals that are used for storing and output and these can be connected to the computer or laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Safely operating a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays computer usage is increased all over the world. Safely using and maintaining computer/computers lab is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
Safely operating the computer involves both the hardware and software.&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
1. A proper electrical circuit and good quality wiring is essential for the physical safety of the computer as well as the user&amp;#039;s safety.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure electric earthing is done properly&lt;br /&gt;
* Always run your computer on a UPS as this will help protect it from electric surges.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&amp;#039;t have UPS at least use a spike protector.  It will protect against power	surges. This is essential, especially if using a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Computer lab or room should always be clean without dust.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean	the floor regularly&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean the computers by using dry cloths&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the non-working computers or peripherals from the lab to avoid dust.&lt;br /&gt;
3. If you are going to open the CPU cabinet, do so only after powering off the computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Never have liquids or solids near a computer you are working on. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Be careful when plugging in USB, ethernet, speakers, printer etc. into your computer. Ports such as USB and Ethernet can easily be damaged from careless placement. These repairs can be costly and these ports are a necessity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Don’t leave the computer without shutting down it, after your work completes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays we are using many applications software in our works and many times we will install applications without knowing about it. This is the main cause to damage our computer software regularly. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Before installing any applications in your computer, you should know about its functionality and use.If you are not sure about it please contact the concern person and do it. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Make sure you know what you are doing while dealing with the software of your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Regularly take back of your computer - at least once in a three months. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Remove the unwanted software which installed in your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the computer is used by multi users, create separate login account for each of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If your computers is using by multiple users, don&amp;#039;t share the administration password with all of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Use the firewall to protect internet misuse from the users. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Always need to shut down the computers from the software. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Keep updating your computer software and application software for better performance.&lt;br /&gt;
===Different Computer ports===&lt;br /&gt;
A computer port is also called as a Communication Port as it is responsible for communication between the computer and its peripheral device. There are two kinds of ports - Male port and Female port.  The female port has the necessary indentations for the male port to be connected.  The images below describe the two kinds of ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Male and female ports&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:VGA-Buchse.JPG|Female VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
File:Male VGA connector.jpg|Male VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will give brief introduction to different types of ports along with their applications. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Computer Ports.jpg|Different Ports in Computer/Laptop&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Universal Serial Bus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The USB port is the most widely used port. The USB lets you to connect several types of devices to your laptop or computers such as external hard drives, pen drives, USB modem, cameras, keyboard, mice etc. It also helps in charging mobile phones and such small devices as it supplies small amount of power the connected devices. When the standard USB version 2.0 offers a transfer speed of 480 Mbps, the latest version 3.0 offers higher speed of 5Gbps. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Network Port or RJ 45/Ethernet Port:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is basically use it for connecting internet through LAN cable.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Audio Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It is the most commonly found audio port that can be used to connect Headphones, mic and external speakers.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Memory Card Reader:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is available only in Laptops. which is pretty common on modern day laptops as it allows you to insert any kind of memory card into your system.This way you can avoid connecting USB cables to transfer the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;VGA port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Video Graphics Array&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This is used to connect your system to any analog monitor, LCD TV and projectors.Nowadays VGA ports are gradually being replaced by HDMI port. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HDMI port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Hdmi.jpg|150px|right|thumb|HDMI port]] HDMI is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;High Definition Media Interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.HDMI is a digital interface to connect High Definition and Ultra High Definition devices like Computer HD monitors, HDTVs, Blu-Ray players, High Definition Cameras etc. All old laptops or computers will not have this HDMI port.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8141</id>
		<title>Explore a computer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8141"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:56:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ICT refer to an entire range of devices that use digital methods to process represent and communicate information.  The desktop computer, laptop, tablet and the smart phone are all ICT devices. Let us explore below the parts of a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg|Computer peripherals&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1. Scanner (nowadays scanning function is available in the mobile phone, hence a separate scanner is not often used)&lt;br /&gt;
|2. CPU (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;entral &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;P&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rocessing &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;U&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;nit):  does the processing work of the computer. It contains “chips” which determine the speed of computer.  For example  i5 is a chip manufactured by Intel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3. RAM (Random Access Memory): This is the storage space in the computer. Temporally it will store frequently used applications and data in it, to increase the speed of the computer. The size of RAM determines how fast the computer works&lt;br /&gt;
|4. Expansion  cards.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5. Power supply unit, which supplies power to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
|6. CD Drive – External storage device. This is now becoming obsolete as USB storage devices / &amp;#039;pen drives&amp;#039; are becoming more popular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7. Hard disk: Hard disk stores the user data as well as the software. This  storage capacity of the computer is specified in terms of GB ([[wikipedia:Gigabyte|Gigabytes]]), 1 GB = 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;9&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; bytes or 1000,000,000 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
|8. Motherboard: This is where all instructions are wired together and helps the computer work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9. Speakers, these amplify any audio played on the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|10. Monitor, for displaying our instructions to the computer and its responses. Monitor consumes quite a bit of electricity, so should be kept in the &amp;#039;off&amp;#039; mode when the computer is not being actively used&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|11. [[wikipedia:Operating_system|Operating System]]. An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;operating system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) is system software that manages computer hardware and software resources and provides common services for computer programs. All computer programs (application software) require an operating system to function.&lt;br /&gt;
|12. [[wikipedia:Application_software|Application Software]] - An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application program&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;app&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for short) is a computer program designed to perform a group of activities. Examples of an application include a text editor, a spreadsheet, a web browser, or a photo editor. The collective noun &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application software&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; refers to all applications collectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|13. [[wikipedia:Keyboard|Keyboard]], similar to a type writer keyboard. It is an input device, used for typing instructions (text, numbers, special characters) to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;
|14. [[wikipedia:Mouse_(computing)|Mouse]], another input device, that works on the [[wikipedia:Graphical_user_interface|Graphical User Interface]] of the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|15. External Hard Disk, additional storage space. &lt;br /&gt;
|16. [[wikipedia:Printer_(computing)|Printer]], output device&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hardware&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Parts 2-8, 10, 13 and 14 constitute basic hardware and are parts of all computing devices. These have now all been combined into one unit in a laptop or mobile. Largely, the hardware is divided into [[wikipedia:Input_device|input devices]] and [[wikipedia:Output_device|output devices]] and storage functions.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Input Devices&lt;br /&gt;
!Output Devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mouse&lt;br /&gt;
|Monitor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
|Projector&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Microphone&lt;br /&gt;
|Printer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scanner&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Web cam&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the keyboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard is usually the main device to providing instructions to the computer. The keys on the keyboard can be divided into several groups based on function:&lt;br /&gt;
# Typing (alphabets and numbers) keys: These keys are arranged as in a traditional &amp;#039;QWERTY&amp;#039;	typewriter&lt;br /&gt;
# Special purpose keys: These keys are used alone or in combination with other keys to perform certain actions, such as CTRL, ALT,  ESC, Function keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigation keys: These keys are used for moving around in documents / editing text. They include the arrow keys, HOME, END, PAGE UP, PAGE DOWN, DELETE	and INSERT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Numeric keypad: The numeric keypad is handy for entering numbers quickly. The keys are grouped together in a block like a conventional calculator or	adding machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Special typing keys =====&lt;br /&gt;
SHIFT: Press shift in combination with a letter to type an uppercase letter. Press shift in combination with another key to type the symbol shown on the upper part of that key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ENTER: Press enter to move the cursor to the beginning of the next line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SPACEBAR: Press the spacebar to move the cursor one space forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BACKSPACE: Press backspace to delete the character before the cursor or the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALT: Activates the menu of the application. Can be used along with arrow keys to select applications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Navigation keys&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
The navigation keys allow you to move the cursor, move around in documents and edit text. The following table lists some common functions of these keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LEFT ARROW, RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW : Move the cursor or selection one space or line in the direction of the arrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HOME : Move the cursor to the beginning of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
END: Move the cursor to the end of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+HOME: Move to the top of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+END: Move to the bottom of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE UP: Move the cursor or page up one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE DOWN: Move the cursor or page down one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DELETE: Delete the character after the cursor, or the selected text; in Windows, delete the selected item and move it to the Recycle Bin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
INSERT: Turn insert mode off or on. When insert mode is on, text that you type is inserted at the cursor. When insert mode is off, text that you type replaces existing characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Storage devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|External HDDs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pendrives&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DVD/CD&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Internet connectivity devices:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; A modem is used for connecting the computer- laptop or mobile to the internet, through a broadband connection. In a networked environment, this modem will be used together with a Local Area Network (LAN). Your school ICT Lab should be configured as a LAN, to get the benefits of local networking, such as sharing data (files) and services (printing etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Peripherals:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Speakers, external hard disk and printers are important peripherals that are used for storing and output and these can be connected to the computer or laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Safely operating a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays computer usage is increased all over the world. Safely using and maintaining computer/computers lab is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
Safely operating the computer involves both the hardware and software.&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
1. A proper electrical circuit and good quality wiring is essential for the physical safety of the computer as well as the user&amp;#039;s safety.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure electric earthing is done properly&lt;br /&gt;
* Always run your computer on a UPS as this will help protect it from electric surges.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&amp;#039;t have UPS at least use a spike protector.  It will protect against power	surges. This is essential, especially if using a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Computer lab or room should always be clean without dust.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean	the floor regularly&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean the computers by using dry cloths&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the non-working computers or peripherals from the lab to avoid dust.&lt;br /&gt;
3. If you are going to open the CPU cabinet, do so only after powering off the computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Never have liquids or solids near a computer you are working on. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Be careful when plugging in USB, ethernet, speakers, printer etc. into your computer. Ports such as USB and Ethernet can easily be damaged from careless placement. These repairs can be costly and these ports are a necessity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Don’t leave the computer without shutting down it, after your work completes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays we are using many applications software in our works and many times we will install applications without knowing about it. This is the main cause to damage our computer software regularly. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Before installing any applications in your computer, you should know about its functionality and use.If you are not sure about it please contact the concern person and do it. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Make sure you know what you are doing while dealing with the software of your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Regularly take back of your computer - at least once in a three months. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Remove the unwanted software which installed in your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the computer is used by multi users, create separate login account for each of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If your computers is using by multiple users, don&amp;#039;t share the administration password with all of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Use the firewall to protect internet misuse from the users. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Always need to shut down the computers from the software. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Keep updating your computer software and application software for better performance.&lt;br /&gt;
===Different Computer ports===&lt;br /&gt;
A computer port is also called as a Communication Port as it is responsible for communication between the computer and its peripheral device. There are two kinds of ports - Male port and Female port.  The female port has the necessary indentations for the male port to be connected.  The images below describe the two kinds of ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Male and female ports&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:VGA-Buchse.JPG|Female VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
File:Male VGA connector.jpg|Male VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will give brief introduction to different types of ports along with their applications. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Computer Ports.jpg|Different Ports in Computer/Laptop&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Universal Serial Bus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The USB port is the most widely used port. The USB lets you to connect several types of devices to your laptop or computers such as external hard drives, pen drives, USB modem, cameras, keyboard, mice etc. It also helps in charging mobile phones and such small devices as it supplies small amount of power the connected devices. When the standard USB version 2.0 offers a transfer speed of 480 Mbps, the latest version 3.0 offers higher speed of 5Gbps. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Network Port or RJ 45/Ethernet Port:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is basically use it for connecting internet through LAN cable.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Audio Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It is the most commonly found audio port that can be used to connect Headphones, mic and external speakers.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Memory Card Reader:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is available only in Laptops. which is pretty common on modern day laptops as it allows you to insert any kind of memory card into your system.This way you can avoid connecting USB cables to transfer the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;VGA port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Video Graphics Array&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This is used to connect your system to any analog monitor, LCD TV and projectors.Nowadays VGA ports are gradually being replaced by HDMI port. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HDMI port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Hdmi.jpg|150px|right|thumb|HDMI port]] HDMI is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;High Definition Media Interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.HDMI is a digital interface to connect High Definition and Ultra High Definition devices like Computer HD monitors, HDTVs, Blu-Ray players, High Definition Cameras etc. All old laptops or computers will not have this HDMI port.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8140</id>
		<title>Explore a computer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_a_computer&amp;diff=8140"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:56:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%82%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%AF%E0%B3%82%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
ICT refer to an entire range of devices that use digital methods to process represent and communicate information.  The desktop computer, laptop, tablet and the smart phone are all ICT devices. Let us explore below the parts of a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Parts of a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:partsofcomputerexploded.jpeg|Computer peripherals&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|1. Scanner (nowadays scanning function is available in the mobile phone, hence a separate scanner is not often used)&lt;br /&gt;
|2. CPU (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;entral &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;P&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rocessing &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;U&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;nit):  does the processing work of the computer. It contains “chips” which determine the speed of computer.  For example  i5 is a chip manufactured by Intel.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3. RAM (Random Access Memory): This is the storage space in the computer. Temporally it will store frequently used applications and data in it, to increase the speed of the computer. The size of RAM determines how fast the computer works&lt;br /&gt;
|4. Expansion  cards.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5. Power supply unit, which supplies power to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
|6. CD Drive – External storage device. This is now becoming obsolete as USB storage devices / &amp;#039;pen drives&amp;#039; are becoming more popular&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7. Hard disk: Hard disk stores the user data as well as the software. This  storage capacity of the computer is specified in terms of GB ([[wikipedia:Gigabyte|Gigabytes]]), 1 GB = 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;9&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; bytes or 1000,000,000 bytes&lt;br /&gt;
|8. Motherboard: This is where all instructions are wired together and helps the computer work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9. Speakers, these amplify any audio played on the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|10. Monitor, for displaying our instructions to the computer and its responses. Monitor consumes quite a bit of electricity, so should be kept in the &amp;#039;off&amp;#039; mode when the computer is not being actively used&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|11. [[wikipedia:Operating_system|Operating System]]. An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;operating system&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) is system software that manages computer hardware and software resources and provides common services for computer programs. All computer programs (application software) require an operating system to function.&lt;br /&gt;
|12. [[wikipedia:Application_software|Application Software]] - An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application program&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;app&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for short) is a computer program designed to perform a group of activities. Examples of an application include a text editor, a spreadsheet, a web browser, or a photo editor. The collective noun &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;application software&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; refers to all applications collectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|13. [[wikipedia:Keyboard|Keyboard]], similar to a type writer keyboard. It is an input device, used for typing instructions (text, numbers, special characters) to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;
|14. [[wikipedia:Mouse_(computing)|Mouse]], another input device, that works on the [[wikipedia:Graphical_user_interface|Graphical User Interface]] of the computer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|15. External Hard Disk, additional storage space. &lt;br /&gt;
|16. [[wikipedia:Printer_(computing)|Printer]], output device&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Hardware&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Parts 2-8, 10, 13 and 14 constitute basic hardware and are parts of all computing devices. These have now all been combined into one unit in a laptop or mobile. Largely, the hardware is divided into [[wikipedia:Input_device|input devices]] and [[wikipedia:Output_device|output devices]] and storage functions.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Input Devices&lt;br /&gt;
!Output Devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mouse&lt;br /&gt;
|Monitor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keyboard&lt;br /&gt;
|Projector&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Microphone&lt;br /&gt;
|Printer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Scanner&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Web cam&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Using the keyboard ====&lt;br /&gt;
The keyboard is usually the main device to providing instructions to the computer. The keys on the keyboard can be divided into several groups based on function:&lt;br /&gt;
# Typing (alphabets and numbers) keys: These keys are arranged as in a traditional &amp;#039;QWERTY&amp;#039;	typewriter&lt;br /&gt;
# Special purpose keys: These keys are used alone or in combination with other keys to perform certain actions, such as CTRL, ALT,  ESC, Function keys etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Navigation keys: These keys are used for moving around in documents / editing text. They include the arrow keys, HOME, END, PAGE UP, PAGE DOWN, DELETE	and INSERT.&lt;br /&gt;
# Numeric keypad: The numeric keypad is handy for entering numbers quickly. The keys are grouped together in a block like a conventional calculator or	adding machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Special typing keys =====&lt;br /&gt;
SHIFT: Press shift in combination with a letter to type an uppercase letter. Press shift in combination with another key to type the symbol shown on the upper part of that key.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ENTER: Press enter to move the cursor to the beginning of the next line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SPACEBAR: Press the spacebar to move the cursor one space forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BACKSPACE: Press backspace to delete the character before the cursor or the selected text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ALT: Activates the menu of the application. Can be used along with arrow keys to select applications&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Navigation keys&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
The navigation keys allow you to move the cursor, move around in documents and edit text. The following table lists some common functions of these keys.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LEFT ARROW, RIGHT ARROW, UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW : Move the cursor or selection one space or line in the direction of the arrow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HOME : Move the cursor to the beginning of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
END: Move the cursor to the end of a line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+HOME: Move to the top of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
CTRL+END: Move to the bottom of a document.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE UP: Move the cursor or page up one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PAGE DOWN: Move the cursor or page down one screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DELETE: Delete the character after the cursor, or the selected text; in Windows, delete the selected item and move it to the Recycle Bin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
INSERT: Turn insert mode off or on. When insert mode is on, text that you type is inserted at the cursor. When insert mode is off, text that you type replaces existing characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Storage devices&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|External HDDs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pendrives&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DVD/CD&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Internet connectivity devices:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; A modem is used for connecting the computer- laptop or mobile to the internet, through a broadband connection. In a networked environment, this modem will be used together with a Local Area Network (LAN). Your school ICT Lab should be configured as a LAN, to get the benefits of local networking, such as sharing data (files) and services (printing etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Peripherals:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  Speakers, external hard disk and printers are important peripherals that are used for storing and output and these can be connected to the computer or laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Safely operating a computer===&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays computer usage is increased all over the world. Safely using and maintaining computer/computers lab is very important.&lt;br /&gt;
Safely operating the computer involves both the hardware and software.&lt;br /&gt;
====Hardware Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
1. A proper electrical circuit and good quality wiring is essential for the physical safety of the computer as well as the user&amp;#039;s safety.&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure electric earthing is done properly&lt;br /&gt;
* Always run your computer on a UPS as this will help protect it from electric surges.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you don&amp;#039;t have UPS at least use a spike protector.  It will protect against power	surges. This is essential, especially if using a desktop computer.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Computer lab or room should always be clean without dust.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean	the floor regularly&lt;br /&gt;
* Clean the computers by using dry cloths&lt;br /&gt;
* Remove the non-working computers or peripherals from the lab to avoid dust.&lt;br /&gt;
3. If you are going to open the CPU cabinet, do so only after powering off the computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Never have liquids or solids near a computer you are working on. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Be careful when plugging in USB, ethernet, speakers, printer etc. into your computer. Ports such as USB and Ethernet can easily be damaged from careless placement. These repairs can be costly and these ports are a necessity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Don’t leave the computer without shutting down it, after your work completes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Software Safety ====&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays we are using many applications software in our works and many times we will install applications without knowing about it. This is the main cause to damage our computer software regularly. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Before installing any applications in your computer, you should know about its functionality and use.If you are not sure about it please contact the concern person and do it. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Make sure you know what you are doing while dealing with the software of your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Regularly take back of your computer - at least once in a three months. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Remove the unwanted software which installed in your computer. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If the computer is used by multi users, create separate login account for each of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. If your computers is using by multiple users, don&amp;#039;t share the administration password with all of them. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Use the firewall to protect internet misuse from the users. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7. Always need to shut down the computers from the software. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8. Keep updating your computer software and application software for better performance.&lt;br /&gt;
===Different Computer ports===&lt;br /&gt;
A computer port is also called as a Communication Port as it is responsible for communication between the computer and its peripheral device. There are two kinds of ports - Male port and Female port.  The female port has the necessary indentations for the male port to be connected.  The images below describe the two kinds of ports.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Male and female ports&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:VGA-Buchse.JPG|Female VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
File:Male VGA connector.jpg|Male VGA connector&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here we will give brief introduction to different types of ports along with their applications. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Computer Ports.jpg|Different Ports in Computer/Laptop&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;USB is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Universal Serial Bus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The USB port is the most widely used port. The USB lets you to connect several types of devices to your laptop or computers such as external hard drives, pen drives, USB modem, cameras, keyboard, mice etc. It also helps in charging mobile phones and such small devices as it supplies small amount of power the connected devices. When the standard USB version 2.0 offers a transfer speed of 480 Mbps, the latest version 3.0 offers higher speed of 5Gbps. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Network Port or RJ 45/Ethernet Port:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is basically use it for connecting internet through LAN cable.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Audio Port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; It is the most commonly found audio port that can be used to connect Headphones, mic and external speakers.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Memory Card Reader:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; This port is available only in Laptops. which is pretty common on modern day laptops as it allows you to insert any kind of memory card into your system.This way you can avoid connecting USB cables to transfer the files.&lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;VGA port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Video Graphics Array&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. This is used to connect your system to any analog monitor, LCD TV and projectors.Nowadays VGA ports are gradually being replaced by HDMI port. &lt;br /&gt;
# &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;HDMI port :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[File:Hdmi.jpg|150px|right|thumb|HDMI port]] HDMI is an abbreviation of &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;High Definition Media Interface&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.HDMI is a digital interface to connect High Definition and Ultra High Definition devices like Computer HD monitors, HDTVs, Blu-Ray players, High Definition Cameras etc. All old laptops or computers will not have this HDMI port.&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=8139</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=8139"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:53:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%9F%E0%B3%86%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%AE%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your co-ordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium has default catalogue of over 600,000 stars, extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars, asterisms and illustrations of the constellations, constellations for 20+ different cultures, images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue), realistic Milky Way, very realistic atmosphere and  sunrise and sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.stellarium.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please label images as Step 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Please add 500px&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setting the Location and Time :&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Markings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclips_time_set.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_(Sun_%26moon).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solar eclipse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; :&lt;br /&gt;
I you know date , place and time you can check directly through stellarium .  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example : &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to Location window → type in search box Manado then select and close location window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to date and time window : 1995-10-24 – 09.05.00 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Go-tp search Window : type in SUN &lt;br /&gt;
then zoom in - cntrl+Up or Zoom In(scroll mouse key)&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on play button on below panel . &lt;br /&gt;
If you need a increase the time speed click on forward button or L&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_half_jointed.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_full_eclipse.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|observe to solar eclipse half sun covered . &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Full solar eclipse : upto 12.15pm &lt;br /&gt;
Total duration of solar eclipse : 3 hours 10 min.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Screenshot&amp;diff=8138</id>
		<title>Learn Screenshot</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Screenshot&amp;diff=8138"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:49:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF.%E0%B2%8E%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C.%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Screenshot&amp;quot; is the term used to describe the action of capturing your computer desktop or anything shown on your computer screen to a static image file.&lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Screenshot is a Free and open source software application that can be used for creating graphics for resource creation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Screenshot can be very helpful when you want to demonstrate something that would be difficult to explain in words.&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots can be used to demonstrate a program, a particular problem a user might be having, or generally when display output needs to be shown to others&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|3.18.0 version.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://monosnap.com/welcome Monosnap] , [https://web-capture.net/ Web Capture], [http://jetscreenshot.com/ Jet Screenshot]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Screenshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; manages to capture the screen of simple to Android &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;mobile&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; phone.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many apps available in Android play store. few are listed here:-&lt;br /&gt;
# Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
# Touchshot&lt;br /&gt;
# Screenshot Touch&lt;br /&gt;
# Quick Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any Android mobile, if you press and hold the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Power key&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, it will give you a Screenshot option.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://www.take-a-screenshot.org/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
The screenshot application allows you to save snippets of anything you have on your screen - whether static or dynamic.  The screenshot of a video, will be a still snapshot.  Screenshot will capture the images matching the resolution of your computer.  Screenshot images can be edited and used for creating resources.  The Screenshot application in Ubuntu allows you different options for taking screenshots, discussed below.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Screenshot&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install screenshot&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
====Use Print Screen====&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most common method to take Screenshot. Pressing the “Print Screen” button will take the Screenshot of the “Entire Visible Screen”. &lt;br /&gt;
====Using Accessories from the Ubuntu applications menu====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also generate open the screenshot application from Applications---&amp;gt;Accessories---&amp;gt;Screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Using Screenshot to capture images from your screen&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Screen_Shot_1.png|Opening Screenshot&lt;br /&gt;
File:Screenshot 2.png|Options to select area&lt;br /&gt;
File:Selection.png|Select area to grab&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#To open &amp;quot;Screenshot&amp;quot; go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Application-Accessories-Screenshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. see above image. &lt;br /&gt;
#Once you click on the Screenshot option. it open the above window. Here there will be three options to take pictures. &lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grab the whole desktop&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -To take a Screenshot with entire screen, select “Grab the whole desktop” and click “Take Screenshot”. &lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Grab the Current Window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-To take the Screenshot of the current active window alone, select “Grab the Current Window” and click “Take Screenshot”. &lt;br /&gt;
##Both the above two options allow you to grab the screen after a time delay of a defined number of seconds.  This is useful when we need to take screen shots of the different tool bar functionalities and demonstrate the changes from different commands in an application.  This is also useful when you want to take screenshots of dynamic displays - like an animation or video or simulation.  &lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Area to Grab&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- To take a particular rectangle area alone, select “Select Area to Grab” and click “Take Screenshot”. You will need to mark out a rectangle on the screen, which will be covered by the Screenshot. Begin at the one end and move to the diagonally opposite end, to complete the rectangle, keeping the left mouse click pressed. When you reach the  diagonally opposite end, release the mouse to complete the rectangle, which will be the &amp;#039;area&amp;#039; of the Screenshot.Supposing you are playing a video on one part of the screen and you want only the video to be captured, you can use this feature, to take a photo of the video (which will be the image which is displayed in the video at the time of the taking of the screen shot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Save screenshot.png|left|Save Screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Take Screenshot&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, the picture of the screen will be taken and you will be shown a Save--&amp;gt;Dialog box. Screenshots will be saved in the Pictures folder by default.  The application will also name the file as Screenshot....date..time.png.  You can edit the file name as required and save. Screenshot images will be saved in .png format. &lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
#Timed captures to allow you prepare the work space (desktop) before capturing the image.&lt;br /&gt;
#Options to include or exclude the mouse cursor. The mouse cursor can be used to point out a particular point in your image.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshot are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Screenshot Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Slideshare&amp;diff=8137</id>
		<title>Learn Slideshare</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Slideshare&amp;diff=8137"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:45:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%A1%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C%E0%B2%B6%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go back to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
“SlideShare is a web based application for sharing presentations. &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|SlideShare  is a application for accessing and publishing resources.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can store presentations resources and can share with others through link.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Version - Not Applicable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
|No specific configuration requirements but Internet connection is needed  to use this application.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/powerpoint Microsoft power point], [https://www.google.com/slides/about/ Google slides]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|Linked in Slideshare app available in android mobiles&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://www.slideshare.net/ Official Website]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
* Users can upload, view and share presentation files.&lt;br /&gt;
* Embed slideshows into websites  and blogs .&lt;br /&gt;
* Download orginal PPT files (If author permits) .&lt;br /&gt;
* Can search presentation  via category.&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
It is a web based application, there is no installation process.&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
You’ll need to have a presentation files to upload.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Access Slideshare and Login&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_2_Address_bar.png|Open Slideshare&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_3_Slideshare_Sign_Up.png|Login to Slideshare&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_4_Slideshare_Fill_The_Form.png|Create account&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_6_Upload_the_file.png|Upload a file&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#Open web browser and type www.slideshare.net in the address bar &lt;br /&gt;
#Then click on sign up  on top right of the page&lt;br /&gt;
#Fill up the form and continue to create account. Enter your email id and new password for your Slideshare account. Your email id will be used as user id to login Slideshare account. &lt;br /&gt;
#Then  Click on &amp;quot;Upload&amp;quot; to upload your first presentation, then Click on “ Browse and select files” in order to upload the presentation, Choose the correct file from your computer, Fill some details while waiting for uploading like description, Category, privacy, tags. It will give you a notification that the file has been uploaded. Then click on &amp;quot;Publish&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Search, Share and Download Presentation files====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;150px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Search and Download Presentation files&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_9_Search_Bar.png|Search files&lt;br /&gt;
File:Slideshare_10_Share_and_download.png|Share and Download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#After login to the Slideshare account you can search for available presentation under different categories. go to search bar on top of the page and enter your searching keywords.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once you upload your files, you can see three option under your file display &amp;quot;Share&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Like&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Download&amp;quot;. If you click on share, you can share your uploaded file link with others. When you search for required presentation, you can download those files by clicking on &amp;quot;Download&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the files and formats====&lt;br /&gt;
Not Applicable &lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ideas for resource creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SlideShare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8136</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8136"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:19:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: Undo revision 8135 by Anand (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8135</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8135"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T04:18:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8134</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8134"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:41:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8133</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8133"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:40:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8132</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8132"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:39:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8131</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8131"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:39:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8130</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8130"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:38:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%97%E0%B2%B3%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%81_%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A8%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B5%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%B7%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8129</id>
		<title>Explore an application</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Explore_an_application&amp;diff=8129"/>
		<updated>2017-10-06T03:36:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}{{Color-box|5|Welcome to the world of free and open software applications|The digital world is full of offerings, software applications, web tools, digital resources and is open to teachers and students to dive into it and learn. Such learning is not only becoming familiar and comfortable and competent in the use of different digital methods, but also strengthening ones own capabilities for self-learning and peer based learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the ICT textbook you would have been introduced to many processes of learning using ICT which require the use of different software applications.  This page will give you an organized representation of the different software applications used in the textbook, organized by the themes of ICT.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can approach the applications through the text book and the hand book, to learn every tool as it becomes necessary to transact the text book. You can independently explore the applications as well! This section intentionally includes many many more applications than is required in the text book, which you may learn at your pace and inclinations. }}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=3|title=Basic digital literacy}}[[Explore a computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Ubuntu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Typing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tux Paint]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Image Viewer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn VLC Player]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=6|title=ICT for connecting and learning}}[[Learn Firefox]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Gmail]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Thunderbird]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=9|title=ICT for generic resource creation (text)}}[[Learn Gedit]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Freeplane]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Writer|Learn Libreoffice Writer]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Calc]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn LibreOffice Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PDF Shuffler]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Okular]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=1|title=ICT for generic resource creation (graphic)}}[[Learn Screenshot|Learn ScreenShot]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kolor Paint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn MyPaint]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Tupi]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn GIMP]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Inkscape]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Sozi]] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=10|title=ICT for generic resource creation (audiovisual)}}[[Learn Audacity]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Record My Desktop|Learn Record my Desktop]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Openshot Video Editor|Learn Open Shot video Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kdenlive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn FF multi convertor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=14|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (maths and science)}}[[Learn Geogebra]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn TurtleBlocks]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn PhET]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Stellarium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kalzium]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Avogadro]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Easy Java Simulation]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=5|title=ICT for resource creation - subject specific (social science and languages)}}[[Learn Marble]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KGeography]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KLetters]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn KWordquiz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Kanagram]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Translators]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Dictionaries]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn OSM]] &lt;br /&gt;
|{{Color-table|theme=8|title=ICT for resource creation - publishing}}[[Learn Flickr]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Photos]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Wikimedia Commons]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Google Drive|Learn GoogleDrive]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Youtube]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Vimeo]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Yourlisten]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Soundcloud]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Slideshare]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Geogebratube]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Learn Mediawiki]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Navigating across the applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
Click on [[:Category:Explore an application|Explore an application]] to get a list of all applications you can explore. You can click on any of the links [[:Category:Explore an application|on this page]] to open the application you want to explore&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the nodes  in the mind map below will link to a strand of technology learning.  &amp;quot;Click to Learn&amp;quot; on a particular node (on the red arrow) to navigate to that application. Happy Exploring!!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download [http://119.226.159.19/OER/images/e/e2/Introduction_to_technology_learning_with_page_link_English1.mm concept map of applications]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachers toolkit ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can refer to the &amp;#039;[https://teacher-network.in/OER/index.php/Teachers%27_toolkit_for_creating_and_re-purposing_OER_using_FOSS Teachers toolkit to create OER using FOSS applications]&amp;#039;, to self-learn how to use text, image, animation, audio and video editors to create and revise OER. You can also learn how to publish OER created by you, on your own site, or on popular OER sites.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8128</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8128"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: Undo revision 8125 by Anand (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8127</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8127"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:05:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: Undo revision 8126 by Anand (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8126</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8126"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:04:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8125</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8125"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:04:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| style=&amp;quot;height:10px; float:right; align:center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;width:150px;border:none; border-radius:10px;box-shadow: 5px 5px 5px #888888; background:#ffffff; vertical-align:top; text-align:center; padding:5px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AC%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%86_%E0%B2%86%E0%B2%AB%E0%B3%80%E0%B2%B8%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%88%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8124</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8124"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:01:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: Undo revision 8123 by Anand (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8123</id>
		<title>Learn LibreOffice Writer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_LibreOffice_Writer&amp;diff=8123"/>
		<updated>2017-10-05T10:00:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Anand: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot; | Go to &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; [[ICT_student_textbook/Data can tell stories|ICT student textbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%B5%E0%B2%BF.%E0%B2%8E%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%8D%E2%80%8C.%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%AA%E0%B3%8D%E0%B2%B2%E0%B3%87%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B3%8D_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is the free and open-source text editor application of the LibreOffice software package. Writer is a text editor similar to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT for creating generic resources&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|LibreOffice Writer is a software used for creating (including writing, editing, formatting, and possibly printing) text resources. Apart from entering and editing text, you can insert images and links also. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer is also available on the Windows and Macintosh operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tool has no specific configuration requirements but in this application you can use many extra features by installing [https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extensions extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://products.office.com/en-in/word Microsoft Word], [https://www.openoffice.org/product/writer.html OpenOffice writer], [https://www.google.co.in/docs/about/ Google Docs]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|You can download https://www.libreoffice.org/download/android-viewer. There are text editors on the mobile / tablet platform like &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;quot;OpenDocumentReader&amp;quot; App and WPS Office App. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|The Document Foundation&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/community-support/ Community help]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview of features ====&lt;br /&gt;
LibreOffice Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. In this application you can save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized Open Document Format (ODF), Microsoft Word format(.doc), or HTML. Here you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format(PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Installation ====&lt;br /&gt;
# The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
# In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by choosing “LibreOffice” in Ubuntu Software Centre&lt;br /&gt;
# If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
## Open terminal by clicking (Ctrl+Alt+T),&lt;br /&gt;
## Once Window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.&lt;br /&gt;
## sudo apt-get install libreOffice-writer&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating and saving a text file====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Creating and saving a text file&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_writer_1_Main_page.png|LibreOffice Writer main page&lt;br /&gt;
LOI Save as.png|Save a document&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOW save Window.png|Save window &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Opening LibreOffice Writer - When you click on Application - Office - LibreOffice Writer, the main page will show as in the first image. You can add text, image, table and graphs in a text document. You can also type in multiple languages in the same document. To change the language click on &amp;quot;EN&amp;quot; button in top panel, and select the language you want to type in.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - When you start entering text into the document, save your document by using SAVE option. Documents can be saved using the FILE – SAVE option or by using short-cut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name for your documents.  To save a file with another file name, you can use the Save-as option from the File menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#Saving a file - After selecting file name and folder click on &amp;quot;SAVE&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
#The file will be saved with a .odt extension. ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;LibreOffice Writer menu&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_4_Menu_Bar.png|LibreOffice Writer menu bar &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The LibreOffice menu bar has multiple options for file operations (including saving discussed above), editing, viewing the document, inserting images, links, tables, etc in the document and formatting and defining styles in the document.  There is also a tools option with functionalities for spell check, grammar, defining frequently used words, etc.   You can either click on the menu bar on each item or click on the symbols shown for each. The commonly used options are discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Editing and formatting a document====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Formatting in LOWriter.png|thumb|Formatting a document]]&lt;br /&gt;
#To copy text from one place to another, or from one document to another, you can select the text, go to Edit --→ Copy and go to a different place in the document to paste it; Edit → Paste.  The editing menu also has an important feature for searching selected words. You can use the Edit--&amp;gt; Find option for searching selected words.&lt;br /&gt;
#The format option is for changing the format of the text, changing the text font, text size, page format and text wrapping options. many of these option we can use short cut icons from formatting text tool bar, the letter “B” and “I” can be used to make the text bold and italics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Inserting images and tables ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Insert option in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert option in LOW.png|Insert Menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_9_Insert_image.png|Inserting Image&lt;br /&gt;
File:LO_Writer_10_Inserted_Image.png|Inserted Image View&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The insert menu option is for inserting images, hyper links, charts, page numbers, page breaks, formulas. Page numbers can be inserted in the footer of the page &lt;br /&gt;
#Inserting an image - Go to Insert → Image → This will open a folder from which images are to be inserted&lt;br /&gt;
#The image (triangle) inserted above will looks like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Inert table in LOW.png|Insert Table&lt;br /&gt;
File:Format Table in LOW.png|Format Table&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# To insert Table, go to Table from Menu bar and select &amp;quot;Insert Table&amp;quot;, in given window choose required number of rows and columns. Alternatively you can also insert table from toolbar, Click on table grid from toolbar and move the cursor over the grid until you highlight the number of columns and rows you want. Click and the table appears in the document.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can format your table by selecting the options in &amp;#039;Table&amp;#039;. Move your cursor inside the table and &amp;#039;Select -&amp;gt; Table&amp;#039;. You can then adjust the row and column widths (Table -&amp;gt; Size), add or remove borders (Table -&amp;gt; Properties -&amp;gt; Borders), split or merge cells (Table -&amp;gt; Merge Cells, Table -&amp;gt; Split Cells) etc &lt;br /&gt;
# You can also copy data from a spreadsheet. You can simply copy that data (in rows and columns) from the spreadsheet and paste into the document, it will create a copy of the spreadsheet in your document. If you do not want it as a spreadsheet, but only as a table, you need to select &amp;#039;Paste Special -&amp;gt; Formatted text (RTF)&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating bulleted and numbered lists====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LO_writer_7_Bullets_and_Numbering.png|450px|Inserting lists]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#The formatting option allows you to create numbered or bullet lists in the document.  For this select the text input that has been entered, go to Format, select Bullets and Numbering and choose the numbering type that is needed.  You can create sub-numbered lists.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the format option under Format--&amp;gt;Paragraph you can also define spacing between paragraphs, indents,etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Creating an automatic Table of Contents====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Inserting Table of Content&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding paragrapgh style.png|Paragraph style for Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding TOC into the document.png|Insert Table of Content&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Often it is useful to create text documents which are organize into headings and sub headings to denote different sections.  This can be done in two ways&lt;br /&gt;
##You can select the text you want to define as a heading and choose from the predefined headings style, by selecting from the first drop down box as shown in the first image. &lt;br /&gt;
##You can also define this from the Style menu by clicking on Style and selecting the given heading.  &lt;br /&gt;
##You can define the appearance of each heading under the Styles and formatting option by changing the default font colour, size, etc.  &lt;br /&gt;
#Once the headings are defined, you can insert the Table of Contents.  Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents. Choose Insert - Table of Contents and Index – Index Entry, just click on “OK”.  For updating table of content,  right click on the table of content and Update Index or Table of Contents. Note that if you add any headings in the document, it will not automatically update the TOC, hence you will need to come to the TOC and do the update manually.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding page header and footer ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter - Header and footers.png| Adding header and footers for the page&lt;br /&gt;
File:LOWriter adding fields.png| Inserting page fields&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# You can add a header and / or footer to your document. You could provide the name of the document (or any other static information) in the footer. You can also insert page number in the header or the footer, which will be dynamically generated by Writer. It is useful to have page number and name of your document on every page, this is specially useful if the reader wants to read a print copy. LibreOffice Writer allows you to easily insert this information at the bottom or top of each page. This can be done using Insert---&amp;gt;Footer.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Once a footer has been inserted, you can go to the bottom of the page and insert multiple fields of information using Insert---&amp;gt;Fields. You can type any text in this footer, it will come on all pages. Other than page number, other dynamic information you can provide is the date/time stamp of the document. A similar method can also be adopted for inserting a header as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Spelling check ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Formatting in LibreOffice Writer&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Auto spell checking LO writer .png|Auto spell checking  &lt;br /&gt;
File:Checking spelling and grammar by manually .png|Spelling and grammar checking&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Spelling - By enabling &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;automatic spell checking&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools, you can check spelling within your document. You will see a red underline below a word spelt wrongly. (If you see a green line below a word, it suggests a grammatical error). You can move your cursor to the word and right click to get suggestions for correcting the spelling. In case you are clear your word is correct, you can also &amp;#039;add your word to the dictionary&amp;#039; so that the next time you use it, it will not be treated as a wrong spelling. &lt;br /&gt;
#You can also do a manual spelling and grammar checking of the document. Select the text and click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;spelling and grammar&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; under tools option. it will start looking spelling and grammar for the document. It is a good habit to always run a spelling check on your document before sharing.   &lt;br /&gt;
#To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. You can have dictionaries for your own language (Telugu, Urdu etc) installed, apart from the one in English.  &lt;br /&gt;
====Saving the file====&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE –&amp;gt; SAVE command, or by the shortcut key CTRL+S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents. Often adding the month-year information when the file was created can be useful later&lt;br /&gt;
File will save in .odt format, ODT is the short form of Open Document Text. ODT conforms to Open Document Format (ODF) which is recommended by the Government of India through its	 [https://india.gov.in/policy-open-standards-e-governance Policy on open standards]””.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PDF format. This is useful when you only need to print the file and do not want any changes to it. You can also export a document to a &amp;#039;html&amp;#039; (web page) format, which can be opened by a web browser.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:export as pdf.png|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Advanced features====&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Common/Track_Changes Track changes] (recording editing changes by another person in another colour in the document, which can be accepted or rejected by the author) &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://help.libreoffice.org/Writer/Columns Multiple columns] (useful for making newsletters and magazines) and other page layout functions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ideas for resource creation===&lt;br /&gt;
# You can use this application to create and edit text resources. You can insert images, web links, hyper links in the document and connect the text to other resource formats. You can insert and edit tables, create sections (with section headings) and format it in many ways to create a text document.   &lt;br /&gt;
# Infographics, posters, comic strips are some resources you can create using text editors in addition to making reports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://help.libreoffice.org/Main_Page LibreOffice page]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LibreOffice_Writer Wikipedia]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Anand</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>